Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / TTEC Holdings, Inc.

TTEC Holdings, Inc.

ttec · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker ttec
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 50000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · TTEC Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
9197 South Peoria Street

Englewood, CO 80112-5833

+1 303 397-8100 or 1-800 835-3832

ttec.com

Financial Highlights
($ in millions, except per share data)

Revenue 

Operating Income

Net Income  Per Diluted Share

$1,509.2

$1,643.7 

$1,477.4

$100.5 

$92.1 

$123.7 

$1.65

$0.77

2017

2018

2019

2017

2018

2019

$0.16

2017

2018

2019

**Includes one-time impact from enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Operating income

Operating margin

EBIT

Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders

Average diluted shares outstanding

Net income per diluted share

Cash and cash equivalents

Debt

Capital expenditures

2017

$    1,477.4

$     200.4

$      100.5

2018

$   1,509.2

$       188.7

$          92.1

2019

$    1,643.7

$       209.1

$        123.7

           6.8%

             6.1%

             7.5%

$        99.8

$            7.3

           46.4

$         0.16

$         74.4

$       361.3

$         52.0

$         80.4

$          35.8

           46.4

$          0.77

$          78.2

$      304.5

$         43.5

$         127.6

$           77.2

           46.8

$           1.65

$          82.4

$        307.5

$         60.8

2019 Revenue by Geography

2019 Revenue by Segment

  North America

  Asia Pacific, Philippines  

& India

 Latin America

 EMEA

4%

6%

26%

64%

 TTEC Engage

 TTEC Digital

19%

81%

Corporate Information

Directors

Kenneth D. Tuchman

Founder, Chairman of the Board

Steven J. Anenen

Tracy L. Bahl

Executive Officer, Uniprise

Gregory A. Conley

Officer, Odyssey Group, SA

Robert N. Frerichs

Director, DealerSocket; former Chief Executive Officer, CDK Global, Inc.; former President of 

ADP Dealer Services; former Senior Vice President of North America Systems.

Former President and CEO, OneOncology; former Executive Vice President, Health Plans, 

CVS Health; former Director, MedExpress; former Executive Chairman, Emdeon; former Chief 

Director, Travelport; former Chief Executive Officer, Aha! Software; former Chief Executive 

Director, Wedgewood Enterprises Corporation; former International Chairman, Accenture, 

Inc.; former Director, Merkle, Inc.; former Chairman, Aricent Group; former Chairman, Avanade

Marc L. Holtzman

Chairman, CBZ Holdings Limited; Chairman, Bank of Kigali; Director, FAT Brands Inc.; former 

Chief Executive Officer of Kazkommertsbank; former Director, FTI Consulting; former 

Chairman, Meridian Capital HK; former Vice Chairman, Barclays Capital

Ekta Singh-Bushell

Director, DBI, Inc.; Director, Huron Consulting Group; Director, Net 1 UEPS Technologies, Inc; 

Director, Datatec Limited; former Deputy to the First Vice President, Chief Operating Officer 

Executive Office at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; former Partner, DecisionGPS LLC; 

former Global Client Services Partner, Ernst & Young

Executive Officers

Kenneth D. Tuchman

Chief Executive Officer

Regina M. Paolillo

Executive Vice President; Chief 

Administrative and Financial Officer

Judi A. Hand

Executive Vice President,  

Chief Revenue Officer 

Chandra Venkataramani

Senior Vice President, 

Chief Information Officer

Jonathan Lerner

President, TTEC Digital

Steven C. Pollema

Chief Operating Officer, TTEC Digital

Margaret B. McLean

Senior Vice President, General Counsel  

Michael Wellman

Senior Vice President, Chief People Officer

Nick Cerise

Senior Vice President,  

Chief Marketing Officer

Martin F. DeGhetto

Executive Vice President; TTEC Engage

and Chief Risk Officer

TTEC Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: TTEC) is a leading global customer experience technology and services 

company focused on the design, implementation and delivery of transformative customer experience for 

many of the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. 

The Company delivers outcome-based customer engagement solutions through TTEC Digital, its digital 

consultancy that designs and builds human centric, tech-enabled, insight-driven customer experience 

solutions for clients and TTEC Engage, its delivery center of excellence, that operates customer acquisition, 

care, fraud prevention and detection, and content moderation services. 

Founded in 1982, the Company’s 49,500 employees operate on six continents across the globe and live by 

a set of customer-focused values that guide relationships with clients, their customers, and each other. To 

learn more about how TTEC is bringing humanity to the customer experience, visit www.ttec.com.

Audit Committee

Gregory A. Conley, Chairman

Robert N. Frerichs

Ekta Singh-Bushell

Compensation Committee

Tracy L. Bahl, Chairman

Gregory A. Conley

Robert N. Frerichs

Nominating and Governance 

Committee

Robert N. Frerichs, Chairman

Steven J. Anenen

Tracy L. Bahl

Ekta Singh-Bushell

Executive Committee

Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman

Tracy L. Bahl

Steven J. Anenen

NASDAQ Global Select Market

Stock Listing

Symbol: TTEC 

Website

ttec.com

2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders

The Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be 

held Wednesday, May 13, 2020, beginning at 

10:00 a.m. MDT at:

TTEC Holdings, Inc.

Global Headquarters

9197 South Peoria Street

Englewood, CO 80112-5833

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.

1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300

Philadelphia, PA 19103

Telephone: 855.206.5002

Facsimile: 215.553.5402

Email: shareholder@broadridge.com

Investor Information

Investor information, including TTEC’s 

Annual Report, press releases and filings 

with the U.S. Securities and Exchange 

Commission, may be obtained from 

TTEC’s website, teletech.com or by 

contacting TTEC Investor Relations at:

1.800.835.3832

investor.relations@ttec.com

Independent Accountants

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Denver, Colorado

 
 
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Founder, Chairman and  
Chief Executive Officer

Dear Shareholders:

We are proud to report that 2019 was a record-setting year for TTEC. Our strategy of powering  
the experience economy with end-to-end customer experience (CX) solutions has delivered  
significant results. 

Of note in our 2019 financial highlights, here are a few of our record-breaking achievements:

• 

Revenue increased 9% to a record $1.644 billion, driven by highly recurring, organic 
growth in our embedded base

•  Our subscription-based CX cloud business grew 172%

• 

• 

• 

Adjusted EBITDA increased 11% to a record $209 million

Non-GAAP EPS increased 27% to a record $1.89 per share

Cash flow from operations increased 41% to a record $238 million

We serve 6 of the top  
10 healthcare payers,  
and the top 5 largest  
automotive brands

A combination of strategic partnerships and acquisitions, geographic expansion, the growth 
of our digital-first integrated solutions, and our differentiated ‘CX as a service’ platform drove 
top-line growth. With CX being a competitive differentiator in driving revenue for market 
leaders, our customers are demanding an end-to-end solution that enables them to deliver 
personalized CX faster. 

Transforming Customer Experience  
through Strong Fundamentals 

Massive Addressable Market

TTEC serves the entire market with end-to-end CX technology and services at scale, including  
born-digital disrupters, the Global 1000, and mega government agencies. We have invested 
substantially in the last decade, building CX capabilities organically and through strategic 
acquisitions. These investments have significantly expanded our addressable market by 
almost 150 billion dollars per annum in the last 10 years.

With this expanded addressable market, our top line has benefited from the tailwinds 
presented by digital transformation, the migration of CX technologies to the cloud, the rapid 
adoption of Intelligent Automation, and the ever-increasing demand from customers for 
personalized, frictionless, and differentiated experiences.

Differentiated CXaaS Platform

Our global leadership in CXaaS is demonstrated by our client list, which includes some of the 
world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. For example, we serve 6 of the top 10 healthcare 
payers, and the top 5 largest automotive brands. We are a trusted partner to our clients — a 
partner they turn to for their most complex and challenging CX initiatives. These are clients for 
whom only the highest of NPS and CSAT scores will suffice. 

With our differentiated CXaaS platform, we’ve seen a continued increase in the total number 
of client engagements with a unified “One TTEC” Digital & Engage solution. These holistic 
engagements span the entire CX lifecycle, including consulting, technology and operations, 
and enable “mission-critical outcomes” for our clients and their customers.

Building a Strong Foundation of Growth 

Our track record for growth leveraging our existing client base, channel partners, and M&A was 
especially prominent in 2019. 

•  Our hypergrowth sector, focused on born-digital, disruptive logos including fin-tech, 

health-tech, and curated e-tail, in just four years is at run-rate of $300 million. New logo 
wins, and the acquisition of FCR in 2019 solidified our position as a leader in serving the 
brands of the future.

•  We have aggressively expanded our geographic footprint into fast-growing regions. In 
2019 alone, our EMEA region achieved a 73% increase in new business signings. 

• 

• 

• 

Through our Cisco channel partnership, TTEC is expanding its addressable market to 
include Cisco’s millions of on-premises users. These on-premises users are eager to 
migrate to the cloud, adopt more Intelligent Automation, and accelerate their digital 
transformation with TTEC Digital. Overall, an estimated 10% of the market has moved to 
the cloud globally, providing a runway of 20% growth per annum in this market for the 
foreseeable future. 

Both existing and future technology partnerships — such as Cisco, LivePerson, and  
Pegasystems — keeps TTEC at the epicenter of a massive market opportunity, facilitating  
large enterprise migration to cloud-based CX technology.

Since 2010, we’ve successfully executed strategic acquisitions that have delivered a set 
of integrated capabilities allowing TTEC to power the experience economy. As recent 
examples, we acquired FCR to give us significantly more scale with hypergrowth clients, 
and we purchased Serendebyte to add more scale to our market-leading Intelligent 
Automation solutions. Expect us to continue expansion through strategic acquisitions in 
the years ahead.

With our differentiated 
CXaaS platform, we’ve  
seen a continued increase 
in the total number of client 
engagements with a unified 
“One TTEC” Digital &  
Engage solution

Our investments in  
the last few years in 
omnichannel interaction 
hubs, at-home solutions, 
Intelligent Automation, and 
our Humanify™ platform 
have proven prescient as 
workforces have moved  
to work from home to 
contain the spread 

Powering the Experience Economy Now and in the Future

The impact of COVID-19 is undeniable for all businesses. Although 2020 poses significant 
challenges, we also believe that there is great opportunity. Over the past 37 years, we have 
regularly supported first responder organizations and government entities with large-scale 
disaster response efforts. Our disaster response experience has included terrorist events and 
natural disasters such as 9/11, Hurricane Harvey, and worldwide illnesses, such as H1N1 and  
Ebola. Moreover, nothing has accelerated the need for digital transformation of the contact 
center faster than COVID-19. Never have people relied on the born-digital companies we have  
targeted and partnered with more.  Our investments in the last few years in omnichannel 
interaction hubs, at-home solutions, Intelligent Automation, and our Humanify™ platform have 
proven prescient as workforces have moved to work from home to contain the spread.  Our 
solutions are a strong market fit for today’s conditions and a world forever changed by the  
need to live “digitally” like never before. 

We are well-positioned to answer the call with our proven experience, robust CXaaS platform, 
and “One TTEC” end-to-end approach. The strength of our 2019 results puts us in a strong 
position to face the challenges of 2020 and emerge even stronger. 

On behalf of our executive team, Board of Directors, and global employee base, we thank you  
for your role in TTEC’s evolution and appreciate your continued support.

Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Income from Operations and Operating Margin (in millions) 

GAAP Income from Operations

  Restructuring and integration charges, net

  Impairment losses

  Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable from customer in bankruptcy

  Writeoff of contract acquisition costs

  Writeoff of value added tax due to change in foreign tax law

Non-GAAP Operating Income

Non-GAAP Operating Margin

2017

2018

2019

$     100.5
$           14.7
$             5.3
              -
              -
              -
$       120.5
          8.2%

$          92.1
$              6.1
$              1.5
$            2.7
$             1.4
$             1.0
$       104.7
            6.9%

$        123.7
$              1.7
$             3.7
              -
              -
              -
$        129.2
            7.9%

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Net Income and Net Income per Diluted Share (in millions except per share data) 

GAAP Net Income

  Loss on asset held for sale reclassified to asset held and used

  Asset restructuring and impairment charges

  Interest charge related to future purchase of remaining 30% for Motif acquisition

  Impairment of equity investment

  Gain on dissolution of foreign subsidiary, net of related taxes

  Changes in acquisition contingent consideration

  Gain on sale of business units

  Gain on sale of trademarks

  Gain on recovery of receivable in connection with division in wind-down

  Gain on bargain purchase of acquisition

  Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable from customer in bankruptcy

  Writeoff of contract acquisition costs

  Writeoff of value added tax due to change in foreign tax law

  US 2017 Tax Act

    Changes in valuation allowance, return to provision adjustments and other, and  
tax effects of items separately disclosed above

Non-GAAP Net Income

  Average diluted shares outstanding

Non-GAAP Net Income per Diluted Share

Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow (in millions) 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

  Purchases of property, plant, and equipment

Free Cash Flow

2017

2018

2019

$          10.8
$             2.6
$          20.0
$              1.2 
              -

$           (3.2)

$              5.3 

$          (0.4)

              -

              -

              -

              -

              -

              -

$        39.8
$             1.6 
$             7.6 
$            9.9 
$          15.6 

              -

$         (0.3)

$         (2.0)

              -

              -

$         (0.7)

$            2.7 

$             1.4 

$            1.0 

$          62.4 

              -

$         84.7
              -
$             5.5 
$             4.7 
              -

              -

 $           (2.4)

$           (1.4)

$         (0.7)

$           (1.4)

              -

              -

              -

              -

              -

$         (11.5)

$         (7.4)

$          (0.6)

$           87.1
            46.4
$          1.88

$        69.3
           46.4
$         1.49

$         88.4
             46.8
$           1.89

2017

2018

2019

$         113.2
$       (52.0)
$           61.2

$       168.3
$       (43.5)
$       124.9

$       238.0
$       (60.8)
$         177.2

Cautionary Note About Forward-Looking Statements This Report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 
1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, relating to our operations, expected financial position, 
results of operation, and other business matters that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, and projections with respect to the future, and are not a guarantee 
of performance.  In this report, when we use words such as “may,” “believe,” “plan,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “would,” “could,” “target,” or similar 
expressions, or when we discuss our strategy, plans, goals initiatives, or objectives, we are making forward-looking statements.
We caution you not to rely unduly on any forward-looking statements.  Actual results may differ materially from what is expressed in the forward-looking statements, and 
you should review and consider carefully the risks, uncertainties and other factors that affect our business and may cause such differences as outlined but are not limited to 
factors discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” of TTEC Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Our forward looking statements speak only as of the date that this report is filed 
with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and we undertake no obligation to update them, except as may be required by applicable laws.

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 

(Mark One) 

(cid:95)(cid:95)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 
or 

(cid:134)  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from              to               
Commission File Number: 001-11919 

TTEC Holdings, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

84-1291044 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

9197 South Peoria Street 
Englewood, Colorado 80112 
(Address of principal executive offices) 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 
(303) 397-8100 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 

Trading Symbol 

Name of each exchange on which registered 

Common stock of TTEC Holdings, Inc., $0.01 par value per share 

TTEC 

NASDAQ 

Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None. 

Yes (cid:134) No (cid:95) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes (cid:134) No (cid:95) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements 
for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:95) No (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of 
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). 

Yes(cid:95)   No (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, 
to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to 
this Form 10-K.  (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an 
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer (cid:134) 

Accelerated filer (cid:59) 

Non-accelerated filer (cid:134) 

Smaller reporting company (cid:134) 
Emerging growth company (cid:134) 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes (cid:134) No (cid:95) 

As of June 30, 2019, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were 46,386,727 shares of the registrant’s 
common stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common stock that was held by non-affiliates on such date 
was $667,442,842 based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on such date as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. 

As of February 28, 2020, there were 46,491,480 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Certain information required for Part III of this report is incorporated by reference to the proxy statement for the registrant’s 2020 annual meeting of 
stockholders. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
DECEMBER 31, 2019 FORM 10-K 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II. 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 

of Equity Securities 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14.  Principal Accountants Fees and Services 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary 

SIGNATURES 

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. 

i 

Page No. 

ii 

ii 

1 

6 

17 

18 

18 

18 

19 

22 

24 

40 

42 

42 

42 

43 

44 

44 

44 

44 

44 

44 

47 

48 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of 
the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  Section 21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  and  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995, relating to our operations, expected financial position, results of operation, and 
other business matters that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, and projections with respect 
to  the  future,  and  are  not  a  guarantee  of  performance.  In  this  report,  when  we  use  words  such  as  “may,” 
“believe,” “plan,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “would,” “could,” “target,” or similar 
expressions, or when we discuss our strategy, plans, goals, initiatives, or objectives, we are making forward-
looking statements. 

We caution you not to rely unduly on any forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from 
those  expressed  in  the  forward-looking  statements,  and  you  should  review  and  consider  carefully  the  risks, 
uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  affect  our  business  and  may  cause  such  differences  as  outlined  in  the 
section of this report entitled “Risk Factors”. Specifically, we would like for you to focus on risks related to our 
strategy execution, our ability to innovate and introduce technologies that are sufficiently disruptive to allow us 
to  maintain  and  grow  our  market  share,  cybersecurity  risks  and  risks  inherent  to  our  equity  structure.  Our 
forward-looking statements speak only as of the date that this report is filed with the United States Securities 
and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and we undertake no obligation to update them, except as may be required 
by applicable laws. 

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION 

TTEC Holdings, Inc.’s principal executive offices are located at 9197 South Peoria Street, Englewood, Colorado 
80112.  Electronic  copies  of  our  Annual  Reports  on  Form 10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form 10-Q,  Current 
Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements and any amendments to these reports are available free of charge by 
(i) visiting our website at http://www.ttec.com/investors/sec-filings/ or (ii) sending a written request to Investor 
Relations at our corporate headquarters or to investor.relations@ttec.com. TTEC’s SEC filings are posted on 
our corporate website as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish 
them to, the SEC. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report. 

You may also access any materials that we file with the SEC via the SEC’s public website at www.sec.gov. 

ii 

 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1.   

BUSINESS 

Our Business 

TTEC  Holdings, Inc.  (“TTEC”,  “the  Company”,  “we”,  “our”  or  “us”)  is  a  leading  global  customer  experience 
technology  and  services  company  focused  on  the  design,  implementation  and  delivery  of  transformative 
customer experience outcomes for many of the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. Since our inception 
in  1982,  we  have  been  helping  clients  deliver  frictionless  customer  experiences,  strengthen  their  customer 
relationships, brand recognition and loyalty through  personalized  interactions, significantly improve their Net 
Promoter Score ("NPS"), and lower their total cost to serve by enabling and delivering simplified, consistent 
and seamless customer experience across channels and phases of the customer lifecycle. 

Our customer experience thought leadership is substantiated, with innovative programs that differentiate our 
clients from their competition.  

In the fast expanding direct-to-customer ("DTC") channel where experiences are everything, enterprises must 
become increasingly customer-centric and digitally enabled. Digital transformation has become a have-to-have 
in  winning  and  keeping  customers.  It  is  our  mission  to  enable  and  accelerate  our  clients'  path  to  digital 
transformation. We are focused on improving the experience of our clients' customers by leveraging existing 
and emerging technologies — artificial intelligence ("AI"), machine learning ("ML"), robotic process automation 
("RPA"), cloud, analytics, omnichannel and real-time messaging. 

Through the first quarter of 2019, the Company reported its financial results of operations across four segments: 
Customer  Strategy  Services  (“CSS”),  Customer  Technology  Services  (“CTS”),  Customer  Growth  Services 
(“CGS”) and Customer Management Services (“CMS”). Starting in the second quarter of 2019, the Company 
changed its go-to-market strategy, how its clients evaluate and consume its services, how TTEC assesses its 
operating performance and the leadership accountability for its segments. As a result, the Company now reports 
its financial information based on two segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage. 

(cid:120)  TTEC Digital designs, builds and delivers tech-enabled, insight-based and outcome-driven customer 
experience  solutions  through  our  professional  services  and  suite  of  technology  offerings.  These 
solutions are critical to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for our clients. These services 
were previously included in the CSS and CTS segments. 

(cid:120)  TTEC Engage provides the essential technologies, human resources, infrastructure and processes to 
operate customer care, acquisition, and fraud detection and prevention services. These services were 
previously included in the CGS and CMS segments. 

TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage come together under our unified offering, Humanify™ Customer Experience 
as  a  Service  ("CXaas"),  which  drives  measurable  customer  results  for  clients  through  the  delivery  of 
personalized, omnichannel experiences. Our Humanify™ cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem 
of  Customer  Experience  ("CX")  offerings,  including  omnichannel,  messaging,  AI,  ML,  RPA,  analytics, 
cybersecurity,  customer 
journey 
orchestration. Our end-to-end platform differentiates us from many competitors by combining design, strategic 
consulting, best in class technology, data analytics, process optimization, system integration and operational 
excellence.  This  unified  offering  is  value-oriented,  outcome-based  and  delivered  to  large  enterprise  and 
governments on a global scale. 

("CRM"),  knowledge  management  and 

relationship  management 

During fiscal 2019, the TTEC global operating platform delivered services in 22 countries -- the United States, 
Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Costa Rica, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Mexico, 
the  Netherlands,  New  Zealand,  the  Philippines,  Poland,  Singapore,  South  Africa,  Thailand,  United Arab 
Emirates, and the United Kingdom. We provide onshore, nearshore and offshore services on six continents to 
accommodate  client  requirements.  TTEC  has  49,500  employees,  approximately  1,400  of  whom  are  CX 
professionals serving TTEC Digital clients and approximately 48,100 of whom serve TTEC Engage clients. 

1 

 
 
Our revenue for fiscal 2019 was $1.644 billion, approximately $305 million, or 19%, which came from our TTEC 
Digital segment and $1.338 billion, or 81%, which came from our TTEC Engage segment.  

To improve our competitive position in a rapidly changing market and stay strategically relevant to our clients, 
we continue to invest in innovation and service offerings for mainstream and high growth disruptive businesses, 
diversifying and strengthening our core customer care services with consulting, data analytics, insights, and 
technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services.  

We also invest to expand our geographic footprint, broaden our product and service capabilities, increase our 
global client base and industry expertise, and further scale our end-to-end integrated solutions platform. To this 
end we have been highly acquisitive in the last several years, including an acquisition in 2019 of a U.S.-based 
provider of customer care, social media community management, content moderation, technical support and 
business process solutions; an acquisition in 2018 of a U.K.-based  systems integrator for multichannel contact 
center platforms; an acquisition in 2017 of an India-based digital fraud prevention and detection and content 
moderation  services  company;  and  an  acquisition  in  2017  of  a  U.S.-based  healthcare  services  company 
focused on improving the customer experience for healthcare plan providers and pharmacy benefits managers. 

We have extensive expertise in the automotive, communications, financial services, government,  healthcare, 
logistics, media and entertainment, retail, technology, travel and transportation industries. We serve more than 
300 diverse clients globally, including many iconic blue-chip brands, Fortune 1000 companies, and disruptive 
growth companies. 

Our strong balance sheet, cash flow from operations and access to debt and capital markets have historically 
provided  us  the  financial  flexibility  to  effectively  fund  our  organic  growth,  capital  expenditures,  strategic 
acquisitions, incremental investments, and capital distributions.  

We continue to return capital to our shareholders via semi-annual dividends. Given our cash flow generation 
and  balance  sheet  strength,  we  believe  cash  dividends,  in  balance  with  our  investments  in  innovation  and 
strategic  acquisitions,  align  shareholder  interests  with  the  needs  of  the  Company.  In  2015,  our  Board  of 
Directors adopted a dividend policy, with the intent to distribute a periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our 
common stock, after consideration of, among other factors, TTEC’s performance, cash flow from operations, 
capital needs and the overall liquidity of the Company. Since inception in 2015, the Company has continued to 
pay a semi-annual dividend in October and April of each year in gradually increasing amounts from $0.18 to 
$0.32 per common share. On February 27, 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a semi-annual 
dividend of $0.34 per common share, payable on April 16, 2020 to shareholders of record as of April 1, 2020. 

Our Industry – Key Emerging Themes 

(cid:120)  Direct-to-Consumer Revolution - The DTC revolution has created a new generation of disruptive brands 
with  few  barriers  to  entry.  These  emerging  brands  thrive  on  emotional  connection  and  authentic 
customer relationships relying on trusted influencers and personalized service to win the hearts and 
minds of a growing customer base, one that requires an on-demand, curated buying experience. We 
believe  DTC  can  enhance  the  value  we  provide  to  our  clients  as  we  design,  build  and  operate  our 
clients’ digital customer experience. 

(cid:120)  Evolution of Customer Behavior and CX Imperative - Yesterday's customer service experience is being 
replaced  by  today's  direct  experience,  where  brands  deliver  a  personalized  end-to-end  journey.  As 
customers become more connected and share their experiences across a variety of social channels, 
the  quality  of  the  experience  has  a  greater  impact  on  brand  loyalty  and  business  performance.  We 
believe customers are increasingly shaping their attitudes, behaviors and willingness to recommend or 
stay  with  a  brand  based  on  the  totality  of  their  experience,  including  not  only  the  superiority  of  the 
product  or  service,  but  also  the  quality  of  their  ongoing  service  and  support  interactions.  Given  the 
strong  correlation  between  high  customer  satisfaction  and  improved  profitability,  companies  are 
increasingly  focused  on  selecting  partners  who  can  deliver  an  integrated,  insights-driven  strategy, 
service and technology solution that increases the lifetime value of a customer. 

2 

 
(cid:120)  CX  Technology  is  Migrating  to  the  Cloud  -  Cloud  investment  is  expected  to  continue  to  grow 
significantly. We believe the adoption of cloud technology to deliver omnichannel and other customer 
experience  technology  is  still  in  its  infancy.  Our  clients  are  embracing  cloud-based  CX  technology 
solutions in a manner similar to how they seek cost-effective architecture and rapid deployment across 
other parts of their operations. 

(cid:120)  Enterprises are Consolidating Partners - An increasing percentage of companies are consolidating their 
customer  engagement  wallet  with  a  few  select  partners  who  can  deliver  measurable  business 
outcomes by offering an integrated, technology-enabled solution. We believe companies will continue 
to consolidate with partners like TTEC that have demonstrated expertise in increasing brand value by 
delivering  holistic,  integrated  customer-centric  solutions  spanning  the  entire  customer  experience 
journey, instead of inefficiently linking together a series of multiple point solutions. 

Our Strategy 

We  aim  to  grow  our  revenue  and  profitability  by  focusing  on  our  core  customer  engagement  operational 
capabilities, linking them to higher margin, insights and technology-enabled platforms and managed services 
to drive a superior experience for our clients’ customers. To that end we continually strive to: 

(cid:120)  Build deeper, more strategic relationships with existing global clients to drive enduring, transformational 

change within their organizations; 

(cid:120)  Pursue  new  clients  who  lead  their  respective  industries  and  who  are  committed  to  customer 

engagement as a differentiator; 

(cid:120) 

Invest in our sales leadership team at both the segment level to improve collaboration and speed-to-
market and consultative sales level to deliver more integrated, strategic, and transformational solutions; 

(cid:120)  Execute strategic acquisitions that further complement and expand our integrated solutions;  

(cid:120) 

Invest in technology-enabled platforms and innovation through technology advancements, broader and 
globally protected intellectual property, and process optimization, and 

(cid:120)  Work  within  our  technology  partner  ecosystem  to  deliver  best  in  class  solutions  with  expanding 

intellectual property through value-add applications, integrations, services and solutions. 

Our Integrated Service Offerings and Business Segments 

We  provide  strategic  value  and  differentiation  through  our  two  business  segments:  TTEC  Digital  and 
TTEC Engage. 

TTEC  Digital  designs,  builds  and  delivers  tech-enabled,  insights-based  and  outcome-driven  customer 
experience solutions through our professional services and suite of technology offerings. These solutions are 
critical to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for our clients. 

(cid:120)  Technology  Services:  Our  technology  services  design,  integrate  and  operate  highly  scalable,  digital 
omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise, or hybrid, including journey orchestration, 
automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity.  

(cid:120)  Professional  Services:  Our  management  consulting  practices  deliver  customer  experience  strategy, 

analytics, process optimization, and learning and performance services.  

TTEC Engage provides the essential technologies, human resources, infrastructure and processes to operate 
customer care, acquisition, and fraud detection and prevention services. 

(cid:120)  Customer  Acquisition  Services:  Our  customer  growth  and  acquisition  services  optimize  the  buying 
journeys  for  acquiring  new  customers  by  leveraging  technology  and  analytics  to  deliver  personal 
experiences that increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.  

(cid:120)  Customer  Care  Services:  Our  customer  care  services  provide  turnkey  contact  center  solutions, 
including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and operational 
expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints.  

3 

 
(cid:120)  Fraud Prevention Services: Our digital fraud detection and prevention services proactively identify and 

prevent fraud and provide community content moderation and compliance. 

Based on our clients’ preference, we provide our services on an integrated cross-business segment and/or on 
a discrete basis. 

Additional  information  with  respect  to  our  segments  and  geographic  footprint  is  included  in  Part II, Item  8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Our Competitive Strengths  

We have established ourselves as an industry leader in CX by leveraging the following competitive strengths: 

(cid:120)  Humanify™ Technology Platform and Insights-Driven Technology Solutions - Innovation has been a 
priority since  our inception almost 40 years ago.  Our dedication and investment in  transforming our 
business  has  differentiated  our  solutions  portfolio  and  increased  the  value  we  deliver  to  our  clients 
across the CX continuum. Our Humanify™ Technology Platform delivers an ecosystem of integrated 
CX applications, including omnichannel contact center platforms, the largest CRMs and ERP’s as well 
as innovative technology solutions that we fully integrate into our clients' broader technology systems. 
The platform is based on secure, scalable public and private data centers, in both pure cloud and hybrid 
environments.  This  architecture  enables  us  to  centralize  and  standardize  our  global  delivery 
capabilities, resulting in scalability and improved quality of delivery for our clients, as well as lowering 
capital and information technology operating costs. 

Fundamental to our platforms is our network of global data centers which provide an integrated suite 
of voice and data routing, workforce management, quality monitoring, business analytics and storage 
capabilities, enabling seamless operations from locations around the globe. This ‘hub and spoke model’ 
enables us to provide services at a competitive cost while delivering scalability, reliability, regulatory 
compliance and asset utilization across the full suite of our service offerings. It also provides effective 
redundancy for a timely response to system interruptions and outages due to natural disasters, grid 
downtime,  and  other  conditions  outside  of  our  control.  Importantly,  this  broad-based  platform  has 
accelerated our time to market foundation for new, innovative offerings such as TTEC's cloud based 
Humanify™ Operations/Insights  Platform, Humanify™ @Home for remote omnichannel  agents, and 
our suite of human capital solutions. 

Further, our Humanify™ Technology Platforms leverage reference architectures for multiple solutions 
whether  we  are  operating  the  platforms  and  the  services,  implementing  customized  platforms  for 
clients,  or  providing  advanced  managed  services  and  continuous  and  automated  development 
environments.  They  also  provide  clients  with  secure  and  compliant  solutions  for  regional  (e.g.,  the 
European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), or the California Consumer Protection 
Act (“CCPA”)), industry (e.g., the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI”), or the Health 
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HITRUST”)), or client specific standards (e.g. FedRamp 
or FISMA). 

(cid:120) 

Innovative  Human  Capital  Strategies  -  Our  global,  highly  trained  employee  base  is  crucial  to  the 
success  of  our  business.  We  have  made  significant  investments  in  proprietary  technologies  and 
management tools, methodologies and training processes in the areas of talent acquisition, learning 
services,  knowledge  management,  workforce  engagement  and  collaboration  and  performance 
optimization. These capabilities are the culmination of almost four decades of experience in managing 
a large, global workforce combined with the latest technology, innovation and strategies in the field of 
human capital management. This capability has enabled us to deliver a scalable and flexible workforce 
that is highly engaged in achieving and exceeding our clients' expectations. 

(cid:120)  Robust Technology Partner Ecosystem - Our strategic alliances with important digital channel partners 
enable our clients to deliver high-impact, personalized customer experiences more efficiently. We go 
to market with our Humanify™ cloud offering with our key strategic partners including Cisco, LivePerson 
and Pega to continue to fuel AI-powered digital transformation. 

4 

 
(cid:120)  Globally  Deployed  Best  Operating  Practices  -  Globally  deployed  best  operating  practices  help  us 
deliver a consistent, scalable, high-quality experience to our clients' customers from any of our 89 global 
customer  engagement  centers  and  geographically  disbursed  work-from-home  associate  base. 
Standardized  processes  include  our  approach  to  attracting,  screening,  hiring,  training,  scheduling, 
evaluating,  coaching  and  maximizing  associate  performance  to  meet  our  clients'  needs.  We  also 
provide real-time reporting and analytics on performance across the globe to help ensure transparency 
and consistency of delivery. This information provides valuable insight into what is driving customer 
inquiries,  enabling  us  to  proactively  recommend  process  changes  that  optimize  the  customer 
experience. 

New customer engagement centers are established and existing centers are expanded or scaled down 
to accommodate anticipated business demands or specific client needs. As of December 31, 2019, we 
had  significant  capacity  in  the  United  States,  Brazil,  Bulgaria,  Canada,  Greece,  India,  Mexico,  the 
Philippines, Poland and  the United  Kingdom to support customer demand and  deliver superior  cost 
efficiencies. We continue to explore opportunities  in  North America, Central Europe,  South  America 
and Africa to diversify our delivery footprint enabling near-shore and off-shore locations that support 
our multi-lingual service offerings and provide attractive client economics. 

See Item 1A. Risk Factors for a description of the risks associated with our foreign operations. 

Clients 

We  develop  long-term  relationships  with  clients  globally,  including  iconic  blue-chip  brands,  Fortune  1000 
companies, and disruptive growth companies. These companies are in customer intensive industries, whose 
business  complexities  and  customer  focus  requires  a  partner  that  can  quickly  and  globally  scale  integrated 
technology and data-enabled services. In 2019, our top five and ten clients represented 37% and 50% of total 
revenue, respectively.  

In several of our offerings across TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage, we enter into long-term relationships that 
provide us with a more predictable revenue stream. In our TTEC Digital segment, our CX cloud and managed 
services  technology  solution  contracts  have  an  average  three-year  term  with  penalties  in  the  case  a  client 
terminates  for  convenience.  In  our  TTEC  Engage  segment,  most  of  our  contracts  can  be  terminated  for 
convenience by either party,  but our relationships with our top five clients have  ranged from  13 to  23 years 
including multiple contract renewals for several of these clients. In 2019, we had a 102% revenue retention rate 
for the TTEC Engage segment, versus 98% in 2018. 

Certain  of  our  communications  clients  provide  us  with  telecommunication  services  through  arm’s  length 
negotiated  transactions.  These  clients  currently  represent  approximately  12%  of  our  total  annual  revenue. 
Expenditures under these supplier contracts represent less than one percent of our total operating costs. 

Competition 

We  are  a  leading  global  customer  experience  technology  and  services  company  focused  on  the  design, 
implementation  and  delivery  of  transformative  solutions  for  many  of  the  world’s  most  iconic  and  disruptive 
brands.  Our  competitors  vary  by  geography  and  business  segment,  and  range  from  large  multinational 
corporations to smaller, narrowly focused enterprises. Across our lines of business, the principal competitive 
factors  include:  client  relationships,  technology  and  process  innovation,  integrated  solutions,  operational 
performance and efficiencies, pricing, brand recognition and financial strength. 

Our  strategy  in  maintaining  market  leadership  is  to  invest,  innovate  and  provide  integrated  value-driven 
services,  all  centered  around  customer  engagement  management.  Today,  we  are  executing  on  a  more 
expansive,  holistic  strategy  by  transforming  our  business  into  higher-value  offerings  through  organic 
investments and strategic acquisitions. As we execute, we are differentiating ourselves in the marketplace and 
entering new markets that introduce us to an expanded competitive landscape. 

5 

 
In  our  TTEC  Digital  segment,  we  primarily  compete  with  smaller  specialized  companies  and  divisions  of 
multinational  companies,  including  Bain &  Company,  McKinsey &  Company,  8X8,  Accenture,  IBM,  AT&T, 
Genpact, Interactive Intelligence, LiveOps, inContact, Five9, WPP, Publicis Groupe, Dentsu, and others. In our 
TTEC Engage segment, we primarily compete with in-house customer management operations as well as other 
companies 
including:  Alorica,  Concentrix,  Sitel,  Sykes,  and 
Teleperformance, amongst others.  

that  provide  customer  care  services 

Employees 

Our people are our most valuable asset. As of December 31, 2019, we had 49,500 employees in 22 countries 
on six continents.  Although a percentage of  our TTEC Engage segment employees are hired seasonally  to 
address  periodic  higher  business  volumes  in  retail,  healthcare  and  other  seasonal  industries,  most  remain 
employed  throughout  the  year.  Approximately  67%  of  our  employees  are  located  outside  of  the 
U.S. Approximately 10% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, most of which are 
mandated under national labor laws outside of the United States. These agreements are subject to periodic 
renegotiations and we anticipate that they will be renewed in the ordinary course of business without material 
impact to our business or in a manner materially different from other companies covered by such industry-wide 
agreements. 

Research, Innovation, Intellectual Property and Proprietary Technology 

We  recognize  the  value  of  innovation  in  our  business  and  are  committed  to  developing  leading-edge 
technologies and proprietary solutions. Research and innovation have been a major factor in our success and 
we believe that they will continue to contribute to our growth in the future. We use our investment in research 
and  development  to  create,  commercialize  and  deploy  innovative  business  strategies  and  high-value 
technology solutions. 

We deliver value to our clients through, and our success in part depends on, certain proprietary technologies 
and methodologies. We leverage U.S. and foreign patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws as well 
as  confidentiality,  proprietary  information  non-disclosure  agreements,  and  key  staff  non-competition 
agreements to protect our proprietary technology. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had 2 patent applications pending; and hold 79 U.S. and non-U.S. patents in 8 
jurisdictions that we leverage in our operations and as marketplace differentiation for our service offerings. Our 
trade name, logos and names of our proprietary solution offerings are protected by their  historic use and by 
trademarks and service marks registered in 22 countries. 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

In addition to the other information presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider 
the  risks  and  uncertainties  discussed  in  this  section  when  evaluating  our  business.  If  any  of  these  risks  or 
uncertainties  actually  occur,  our  business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations  (including  revenue, 
profitability and cash flows) could be materially and adversely affected and the market price of our stock could 
decline. 

If we are unsuccessful in implementing our business strategy, our long-term financial prospects could 
be adversely affected 

Our growth strategy  is based  on continuous diversification  of  our  business beyond contact center customer 
care  outsourcing  to  an  integrated  customer  experience  platform  that  unites  innovative  and  disruptive 
technologies,  strategic  consulting,  data  analytics,  client  growth  solutions,  and  customer  experience  focused 
system  design  and  integration.  These  investments  in  technologies  and  integrated  solution  development, 
however, may not lead to increased revenue and profitability. If we are not successful in creating value from 
these investments, there could be a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition. 

6 

 
 
Our markets are highly competitive, and we might not be able to compete effectively 

The markets where we offer our services are highly competitive. Our future performance is largely dependent 
on  our  ability  to  compete  successfully  in  markets  we  currently  serve,  while  expanding  into  new,  profitable 
markets.  We  compete  with  large  multinational  service  providers;  offshore  service  providers  from  lower-cost 
jurisdictions that offer similar services, often at highly competitive prices and aggressive contract terms; niche 
solution providers that compete with us in specific geographic markets, industry segments or service areas; 
companies that utilize new, potentially disruptive technologies or delivery models, including artificial intelligence 
powered  solutions;  and  in-house  functions  of  large  companies  that  use  their  own  resources,  rather  than 
outsourcing the customer care and customer experience services we provide. Some of our competitors have 
greater financial or marketing resources than we do and, therefore, may be better able to compete. 

Further,  the  continuing  trend  of  consolidation  among  business  process  outsourcing  competitors  in  various 
geographies where we have operations may result in new competitors with greater scale, a broader footprint, 
better  technologies,  or  price  efficiencies  that  may  be  attractive  to  our  clients.  If  we  are  unable  to  compete 
successfully and provide our clients with superior service and solutions at competitive prices, we could lose 
market  share  and  clients  to  competitors,  which  would  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition, and results of operations. 

Our results of operations and ability to grow could be materially affected if we cannot adapt our service 
offerings to changes in technology and customer expectations 

Our growth and profitability will depend on our ability to develop and adopt new technologies that expand our 
existing offerings by leveraging new technological trends and cost efficiencies in our operations, while meeting 
rapidly evolving client expectations. As technology evolves, more tasks currently performed by our agents may 
be replaced by automation, robotics, artificial intelligence, chatbots and other technological advances, which 
puts  our  lower-skill  tier  one  customer  care  offerings  at  risk.  These  technology  innovations  could  potentially 
reduce our business volumes and related revenues, unless we are successful in adapting and deploying them 
profitably. 

We may not  be successful in anticipating  or responding to  our client expectations and  interests in  adopting 
evolving technology solutions, and their integration in our offerings may not achieve the intended enhancements 
or cost reductions. Services and technologies offered by our competitors may make our service offerings not 
competitive  or  even  obsolete  and  may  negatively  impact  our  clients’  interest  in  our  offerings.  Our  failure  to 
innovate, maintain technological advantages, or respond effectively and timely to transformational changes in 
technology could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

The current trend to outsource customer care may not continue and the prices that clients are willing 
to pay for the services may diminish, adversely affecting our business 

Our growth depends, in large part, on the willingness of our clients and potential clients to outsource customer 
care and management services to companies like TTEC. There can be no assurance that the customer care 
outsourcing trend will continue; and our clients and potential clients may elect to perform in-house customer 
care  and  management  services  that  they  currently  outsource.  Reduction  in  demand  for  our  services  and 
increased competition from other providers and in-house service alternatives  could create pricing  pressures 
and  excess  capacity  that  would  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of 
operations. 

Cyber-attacks, cyber-fraud, and unauthorized information disclosure could harm our reputation, cause 
liability, result in  service outages  and losses, any of which could  adversely affect our business and 
results of operations 

Our business involves the use, storage, and transmission of information about our clients, customers of our 
clients, and our employees. While we take reasonable measures to protect the security of and unauthorized 
access to our systems and the privacy of personal and proprietary information that we access and store, our 
security controls over our systems may not prevent the improper access to or disclosure of this information. 
Such unauthorized access or disclosure could subject  us to liability under relevant law or our contracts and 
could harm our reputation resulting in loss of revenue and loss of business opportunities. 

7 

 
In  recent  years,  there  have  been  an  increasing  number  of  high-profile  security  breaches  at  companies  and 
government agencies, and security experts have warned about the growing risks of hackers and cyber criminals 
launching a broad range of attacks targeting information technology systems. Our business is dependent on 
information  technology  systems.  Information  security  breaches,  computer  viruses,  interruption  or  loss  of 
business data, DDoS (distributed denial of service) attacks, and other cyber-attacks on any of these systems 
could  disrupt  the  normal  operations  of  our  contact  centers,  our  cloud  platform  offerings,  and  our  enterprise 
services, impeding our ability to provide critical services to our clients. 

We are experiencing an increase in frequency of cyber-fraud attempts, such as so-called “social engineering” 
attacks and phishing scams, which typically seek unauthorized money transfers or information disclosure. We 
actively  train  our  employees  to  recognize  these  attacks  and  have  implemented  proactive  risk  mitigation 
measures  to  curb  them.  There  are  no  assurances,  however,  that  these  attacks,  which  are  also  growing  in 
sophistication, may not deceive our employees, resulting in a material loss. 

While we have taken reasonable measures to protect our systems and processes from intrusion and cyber- 
fraud, we cannot be certain that advances in cyber-criminal capabilities, discovery of new system vulnerabilities, 
and attempts to exploit such vulnerabilities will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our systems 
and the information that we manage and control, which could result in damage to our systems, our reputation 
and our profitability. 

Our need for consistent improvements in cybersecurity may force us to expend significant additional resources 
to respond to system disruptions and security breaches, including additional investments in repairing systems 
damaged by such attacks, reconfiguring and rerouting systems to reduce vulnerabilities, and resolving of legal 
claims  that  may  arise  from  data  breaches.  A  significant  cyber  security  breach  could  materially  harm  our 
business, financial condition, and operating results. 

A large portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of clients and the loss of one or more 
of our clients could adversely affect our business 

We rely  on strategic,  long-term relationships with  large, global companies in targeted  industries  and certain 
agencies of the United States and state and local governments. As a result, we derive a substantial portion of 
our revenue from relatively few clients. Our five and ten largest clients collectively represented 37% and 50% 
of our revenue in 2019 with no one client over 10%. 

Although we have multiple engagements with all of our largest clients and all contracts are unlikely to terminate 
at the same time, the contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2020 and 2023 and there can be no 
assurance that these contracts will continue to be renewed at all or be renewed on favorable terms. While our 
on-going sales and marketing activities aim to add new opportunities with existing and new commercial and 
government clients, there can be no assurances that such additional work can be secured nor that it would yield 
financial benefits comparable to expiring contracts. The loss of all  or part of  a major client’s business could 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations,  if  the  loss  of 
revenue was not replaced with profitable business from other clients. 

We serve clients in industries that have historically experienced a significant level of consolidation. If one of our 
clients  is  acquired  (including  by  another  of  our  clients)  our  business  volume  and  revenue  may  materially 
decrease due to the termination or phase out of an existing client contract, volume discounts or other contract 
concessions which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

We also serve client industries that rely extensively on supply chain arrangements in the People’s Republic of 
China and other parts of Asia. If these supply chain arrangements experience material disruption for any reason, 
including large scale virus epidemics, these clients’ needs for our services may be impacted and our business 
volumes and revenues may materially decrease, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition, and results of operations. 

8 

 
If  we  cannot  recruit,  hire,  train,  and  retain  qualified  employees  to  respond  to  client  demands,  our 
business will be adversely affected 

Our business is labor intensive and our ability to recruit and train employees with the right skills, at the right 
price point, and in the timeframe required by our client commitments is critical to achieving our growth objective. 
We  sign  multi-year  client  contracts  that  are  priced  based  on  prevailing  labor  rates  in  jurisdictions  where  we 
deliver services. In the United States, however, our business is confronted with a patchwork of ever changing 
minimum  wage,  mandatory  time  off,  and  rest  and  meal  break  laws  at  the  state  and  local  levels.  As  these 
jurisdiction-specific laws change with little notice or grace period for transition, we often have no opportunity to 
adjust and change how we do business nor pass cost increases to our clients. These frequent changes in the 
law and inconsistencies in laws across different jurisdictions in the United States, may result in higher costs, 
lower contract profitability, higher turnover and reduced operational efficiencies, which could, in the aggregate, 
have material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Demand for qualified personnel with multiple language capabilities and fluency in English may exceed supply. 
Employees  with  specific  skills  may  also  be  required  to  keep  pace  with  evolving  technologies  and  client 
demands. While we invest in employee retention, we continue to experience high employee turnover and are 
continuously recruiting and training replacement staff. Our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel at 
costs acceptable under our contracts, our costs associated with attracting, training, and retaining employees, 
and  the  challenge  of  managing  continuously  changing  and  seasonal  client  demands  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Our delivery model involves geographic concentration exposing us to significant operational risks 

Our business model is dependent on our customer engagement centers and enterprise support functions being 
located in low cost jurisdictions around the globe. Our customer engagement delivery capacity and our back-
office  functions  are  concentrated  in  the  United  States,  the  Philippines,  Mexico,  India,  and  Bulgaria  and  our 
technology solutions centers are concentrated in a few locations in the United States, India and the UK. Our 
dependence  on  our  customer  engagement  centers  and  enterprise  support  functions  in  the  Philippines  and 
Mexico,  which  is  subject  to  frequent  severe  weather,  natural  disasters,  and  occasional  health  and  security 
threats,  represents  a  particular  risk.  Natural  disasters  (floods,  winds,  and  earthquakes),  terrorist  attacks, 
pandemics,  large-scale  utilities  outages,  telecommunication  and  transportation  disruptions,  labor  or  political 
unrest, and restriction on repatriation of funds at some of these locations may interrupt or limit our ability to 
operate or may increase our costs. Our business continuity and disaster recovery plans, while extensive, may 
not be effective, particularly if catastrophic events occur. 

For  these  and  other  reasons,  our  geographic  concentration  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we procure business interruption insurance to 
cover some of these exposures, adequate insurance may not be available on an ongoing basis for a reasonable 
price. 

We routinely consider acquisitions, divestitures or other strategic transactions and may enter into such 
transactions at any time 

We are engaged in a regular review of our strategic opportunities, including acquisitions, divestitures or other 
strategic  transactions  that  we  believe  would  provide  value  for  our  stockholders.  We  routinely  have  merger, 
acquisition,  and  divestiture  opportunities  in  various  stages  of  active  review,  and  we  also  routinely  engage 
consultants and advisors to assist us in analyzing opportunities. While at this time we are not actively engaged 
in negotiations regarding a material merger, acquisition or divestiture transaction, we could do so at any time. 
If such a transaction involves a sale of a part of the business, it would likely reduce the revenue and income of 
the remaining business and may impact the Company’s stock price. While we consider these transactions to 
improve our business and financial results over time, there can be no assurance that our goals will be realized. 

Our strategy of growing through acquisitions may impact our business in unexpected ways 

Our growth strategy involves acquisitions that help us expand our service offerings and diversify our  existing 
geographic footprint. We continuously evaluate acquisition opportunities, but there are no assurances that we 
will be able to identify acquisition targets that complement our strategy and are available at valuation levels 
accretive to our business. 

9 

 
Even if we are successful in making acquisitions, the  acquired businesses may subject our business to risks 
that may impact our results of operation; including: 

(cid:120) 

inability to integrate acquired companies effectively and realize anticipated synergies and benefits from 
the acquisitions; 

(cid:120)  diversion of management’s attention to the integration of the acquired businesses at the expense of 

delivering results for the legacy business; 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

inability to appropriately scale critical resources to support the business of the expanded enterprise and 
other unforeseen challenges of operating the acquired business as part of TTEC’s operations; 

inability to retain key employees of the acquired businesses and/or inability of such key employees to 
be effective as part of TTEC operations; 

impact of liabilities or ethical issues of the acquired businesses undiscovered or underestimated as part 
of the acquisition due diligence; 

failure  to  realize  anticipated  growth  opportunities  from  a  combined  business,  because  existing  and 
potential  clients  may  be  unwilling  to  consolidate  business  with  a  single  supplier  or  to  stay  with  the 
acquirer post acquisition; 

impacts  of  cash  on  hand  and  debt  incurred  to  finance  acquisitions,  thus  reducing  liquidity  for  other 
significant strategic objectives; and 

internal controls, disclosure controls, corruption prevention policies, human resources and other key 
policies and practices of the acquired companies may be inadequate or ineffective. 

Compliance with laws, including unexpected changes to such laws, could adversely affect our results 
of operations 

Our business is subject to extensive regulation by the United States and foreign national, state and provincial 
authorities  relating  to  confidential  client  and  customer  data,  customer  communications,  telemarketing 
practices, and licensed healthcare and financial services activities, among other areas. Costs and complexity 
of compliance with existing and future regulations could adversely affect our profitability. If we fail to comply 
with regulations relevant to our business, we could be subject to civil or criminal liability, monetary damages 
and fines. Private lawsuits and enforcement actions by regulatory agencies could also materially increase our 
costs of operations and impact our ability to serve our clients. 

As we provide services to clients’ customers residing in countries across the world, we are subject to numerous, 
and  sometimes  conflicting,  legal  regimes  on  matters  as  diverse  as  data  privacy,  import/export  controls, 
communication  content  requirements,  trade  restrictions  and  sanctions,  tariffs,  taxation,  labor  regulations, 
wages and severance, health care requirements, internal and disclosure control obligations, and immigration. 
Violations  of  these  laws  and  related  regulations  could  impact  our  reputation  and  result  in  financial  liability, 
criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information, financial penalties, 
and breach of our contractual commitments. 

Adverse changes in laws or regulations that impact our business may negatively affect the sale of our services, 
slow the growth of our operations, or mandate changes to how we deliver our services, including our ability to 
use offshore resources. These changes could threaten our ability to continue to serve certain markets. 

10 

 
Uncertainty and inconsistency in privacy and data protection laws that impact our business and high 
cost  of  compliance  with  such  laws  may  impact  our  ability  to  deliver  services  and  our  results  of 
operations 

During the last few years, there has been a significant increase in data protection and privacy regulations and 
enforcement activity in many jurisdictions where we and our clients do business. These new regulations are 
often complex and at times they impose conflicting requirements among different jurisdictions that we serve. 
For example, GDPR, adopted by the European Union in 2018, imposed new data protection requirements for 
controllers  and  processers  of  personally  identifiable  information  collected  in  Europe,  while  the  State  of 
California in the United States imposed similar regulations effective 2020 with a different reach. Several other 
states  in  the  United  States  are  expected  to  adopt  their  own  regulations  in  2020.  Failure  to  comply  with  all 
privacy and data protection laws that are relevant to different parts of our business may result in legal claims, 
significant fines, sanctions, or penalties, or may make it difficult for us to secure business or efficiently serve 
our clients. Compliance with these evolving regulations may require significant investment which would impact 
our results of operations. 

Our  cloud  solutions  are  technology  vendor  dependent,  which  may  impact  our  ability  to  grow  our 
business and our results of operations 

Our current cloud service solutions are primarily based on a single vendor technology. If this vendor does not 
continue to evolve the technology to stay competitive in the rapidly changing cloud computing services market, 
our financial results of operations could be materially impacted. There also can  be no assurance that TTEC 
will be able to diversify its cloud service offerings quickly enough to offset any potential negative market trends 
for the cloud technology vendor that we are currently partnering with, and our inability to diversify may have 
impacts on our business and results of operations. 

Our  growth  of  operations  and  geographic  footprint  expansion  could  strain  our 
resources and cause our business to suffer 

We plan to continue growing our business through the growth of clients’ wallet share, increasing sales efforts, 
geographic  expansion  and  strategic  acquisitions,  while  maintaining  tight  controls  on  our  expenses  and 
overhead. Lean overhead functions combined with focused growth may place a strain on our management 
systems,  infrastructure  and  resources,  resulting  in  internal  control  failures,  missed  opportunities,  and  staff 
attrition which could impact our business and results of operations. 

Our profitability could suffer if our cost-management strategies are unsuccessful 

Our  ability  to  improve  or  maintain  our  profitability  is  dependent  on  our  ability  to  engage  in  continuous 
management  of  our  costs.  Our  cost  management  strategies  include  optimizing  the  alignment  between  the 
demand for our services and our resource capacity, including our contact center utilization; the costs of service 
delivery; the cost of sales and general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenues; and the use  of 
process  automation  for  standard  operating  tasks.  If  we  are  not  effective  in  managing  our  operating  and 
administrative costs  in response to changes in demand and  pricing for our services, or if we are  unable to 
absorb or pass on to our clients the increases in our costs of operations, our results of operations could be 
materially adversely affected. 

Our financial results depend on our capacity utilization and our ability to forecast demand and make 
timely decisions about staffing levels, investments, and operating expenses 

Our ability to meet our strategic growth and profitability objectives depends on how effectively we manage our 
customer  engagement  center  capacity  against  the  fluctuating  and  seasonal  client  demands.  Predicting 
customer demand and making timely staffing level decisions, investments, and other operating expenditure 
commitments  in  each  of  our  delivery  center  locations  is  key  to  our  successful  execution  and  profitability 
maximization. We can provide no assurance that we will continue to be able to achieve or maintain desired 
delivery center capacity utilization, because quarterly variations in client volumes, many of which are outside 
our  control,  can  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  utilization  rates.  If  our  utilization  rates  are  below 
expectations, because of our high fixed costs of operation, our financial conditions and results of operations 
could be adversely affected. 

11 

 
Our sales cycles for new client relationships and new lines of business with existing clients can be 
long, which results in a long lead time before we receive revenues 

We often face a long selling cycle to secure contracts with new clients or contracts for new lines of business 
with existing clients. When we are successful in securing a new engagement, it is generally followed by a long 
implementation  period  when  clients  must  give  notice  to  incumbent  service  providers  or  transfer  in-house 
operations to us. There may also be a long ramp up period before we commence our services, and for certain 
contracts  we  receive  no  revenue  until  we  start  performing  the  work.  If  we  are  not  successful  in  obtaining 
contractual commitments after the initial prolonged sales cycle or in maintaining the contractual relationship 
for a period of time necessary to offset new project investment costs and appropriate return on that investment, 
the investments may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

Contract terms typical in our industry can lead to volatility in our revenue and our margins 

Our contracts do not have guaranteed revenue levels. Most of our contracts require clients to provide monthly 
forecasts of volumes, but no guaranteed or minimum volume levels. Such forecasts vary from month to month, 
which can impact our staff utilizations, our cost structure, and our profitability. 

Many of our contracts have termination for convenience clauses with short notice periods, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operation. Many of our contracts can be terminated for convenience 
and our contracts do not guarantee a minimum revenue level or profitability. If a client terminates a contract or 
materially reduces customer interaction volumes, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations and makes it harder to make projections. 

We may not always offset increased costs with increased fees under long-term contracts. The pricing and other 
terms of our client contracts, particularly on our long-term contact center agreements, are based on estimates 
and  assumptions  we  make  at  the  time  we  enter  into  these  contracts.  These  estimates  reflect  our  best 
judgments regarding the nature of the engagement and our expected costs to provide the contracted services 
but these judgments could differ from actual results. Not all our contracts allow for escalation of fees as our 
cost of operations increase. Moreover, those that do allow for such escalations do not always allow increases 
at rates comparable to increases that we experience  due to rising minimum wage costs and related payroll 
cost  increases.  If  and  to  the  extent  we  do  not  negotiate  long-term  contract  terms  that  provide  for  fee 
adjustments to reflect increases in our cost of service delivery, our business, financial conditions, and results 
of operation could be materially impacted. 

Our pricing depends on effectiveness of our level of effort forecasts. Pricing of our services in our technology 
and strategic consulting businesses is contingent on our ability to accurately forecast the level of effort and 
cost necessary to deliver our services, which is data dependent and can be inaccurate. The errors in level of 
effort estimations could yield lower profit margins or cause projects to become unprofitable, resulting in adverse 
impacts on our results of operations. 

Increases in income tax rates, changes in income tax laws or disagreements with tax authorities 
could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. 
Increases in income tax rates or other changes in income tax laws in any particular jurisdiction could reduce 
our  after-tax  income  from  such  jurisdictions  and  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  or 
results of operations. Our operations outside the United States generate a significant portion of our income 
and many of the other countries in which we have significant operations, have recently made or are actively 
considering changes to existing tax laws. For example, in December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“2017 
Tax Act”) was signed into law in the United States. While our accounting for the recorded impact of the 2017 
Tax Act is deemed to be complete, these amounts are based on prevailing regulations and currently available 
information,  and  any  additional  guidance  issued  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (“IRS”)  could  impact  our 
recorded amounts in future periods. 

Additional  changes  in  the  U.S.  tax  regime  or  in  how  U.S.  multinational  corporations  are  taxed  on  foreign 
earnings, including changes in how existing tax laws are interpreted or enforced, could  adversely affect our 
business, financial condition or results of operations. 

12 

 
There are no assurances that we will be able to implement effective tax planning strategies that are necessary 
to optimize our tax position following changes in tax laws globally. If we are unable to implement a cost effective 
contracting structure, our effective tax rate and our results of operations would be impacted. 

We face special risks associated with our business outside of the United States 

An  important  component  of  our  business  strategy  is  service  delivery  outside  of  the  United  States  and  our 
continuing  international  expansion.  During  2019,  we  derived  approximately  40%  of  our  revenue  from 
operations outside of the United States. Conducting business abroad is subject to a variety of risks, including: 

(cid:120) 

inconsistent regulations, licensing and legal requirements may increase our cost of operations as we 
endeavor to comply with multiple, complex laws that differ from one country to another; 

(cid:120)  uncertainty of tax regulations in countries where we do business may affect our costs of operation; 

(cid:120) 

special  challenges  in  managing  risks  inherent  in  international  operations,  such  as  unique  and 
prescriptive labor rules, corrupt business environments, restrictive immigration and export control laws 
may cause an inadvertent violation of laws that we may not be able to immediately detect or correct; 

(cid:120) 

longer payment cycles could impact our cash flows and results of operations; 

(cid:120)  political and economic instability and unexpected changes in regulatory regimes could adversely affect 

our ability to deliver services overseas and our ability to repatriate cash; 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

the withdrawal of the UK from the European Union (known as “Brexit”) created substantial uncertainty 
about the political and economic relationship between the UK and the EU, and the UK’s other trading 
partners which could, depending on future trade term  negotiations, impact our European operations 
and our operations in the UK; 

currency exchange rate fluctuations, restrictions on currency movement, and impact of international tax 
laws could adversely affect our results of operations, if we are forced to maintain assets in currencies 
other than U.S. dollars, while our financial results are reported in U.S. dollars;  

infrastructure  challenges  and  lack  of  sophisticated  disaster  and  pandemic  preparedness  in  some 
countries where we do business, and 

terrorist attacks or civil unrest in some of the regions where we do business (e.g. the Middle East, Latin 
America, the Philippines, and in Europe), and the resulting need for enhanced security measures may 
impact our ability to deliver services, threaten the safety of our employees, and increase our costs of 
operations. 

While we monitor and endeavor to mitigate in a timely manner the relevant regulatory, geopolitical, and other 
risks related to our operations outside of the United States, we cannot assess with certainty what impact such 
risks are likely to have over time on our business, and we can provide no assurance that we will always be 
able to mitigate these risks successfully and avoid adverse impact on our business and results of operations. 

Our profitability may be adversely affected if we are unable to expand and maintain our delivery centers 
in countries with stable wage rates and find new locations required by our clients 

Our  business  is  labor-intensive  and  therefore  cost  of  wages,  benefits  and  related  taxes  constitute  a  large 
component of our operating expenses. As a result, expansion of our business is dependent upon our ability to 
maintain and expand our operations in cost-effective locations, in and outside of the United States. Most of our 
customer engagement centers are located in jurisdictions subject to minimum wage regulations, which may 
result in increased wages in the future, thus impacting our profitability. 

13 

 
Our clients often dictate where they wish for us to locate the delivery centers that serve their customers, such 
as “near shore” jurisdictions located in close proximity to the United States or specific locations elsewhere in 
the world. There is no assurance that we will be able to find and secure locations suitable for delivery center 
operations in jurisdictions which meet our cost-effectiveness and security standards. Our inability to expand 
our operations to such locations, however, may impact our ability to secure new and additional business from 
clients, and could adversely affect our growth and results of operations. 

Increases in the cost of communication and data services or significant interruptions in such services 
could adversely affect our business 

Our business is significantly dependent on telephone, internet and data service provided by various domestic 
and foreign communication companies. Any disruption of these services could adversely affect our business. 
We have taken steps to mitigate our exposure to service disruptions by investing in complex and multi-layered 
redundancies, and we can transition services among our different customer engagement centers around the 
world.  Despite  these  efforts,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  redundancies  we  have  in  place  would  be 
sufficient to maintain operations without disruption. 

Our inability to obtain communication and data services at favorable rates could negatively affect our results 
of  operations.  Where  possible,  we  have  entered  into  long-term  contracts  with  various  providers  to  mitigate 
short  term  rate  increases  and  fluctuations.  There  is  no  obligation,  however,  for  the  vendors  to  renew  their 
contracts  with  us,  or  to  offer  the  same  or  lower  rates  in  the  future,  and  such  contracts  may  be  subject  to 
termination  or  modification  for  various  reasons  outside  of  our  control.  A  significant  increase  in  the  cost  of 
communication services that is not recoverable through an increase in the price of our services could adversely 
affect our business. 

Defects or errors in software utilized in our service offerings could adversely affect our business 

The third-party software and systems that we use to  conduct our business and serve our clients are highly 
complex and may, from time to time, contain design defects, coding errors or other software errors that may 
be difficult to detect  or correct, and which are outside of  our control.  Although  our commercial agreements 
contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential claims and liabilities, these provisions may not 
always effectively protect us against claims in all jurisdictions. As a result, problems with software and systems 
that we use may result in damages to our clients for which we are held responsible, causing damage to our 
reputation, adversely affecting our business, our results of operations and financial condition. 

If  the  transfer  pricing  arrangements  we  have  among  our  subsidiaries  are  determined  to  be 
inappropriate, our tax liability may increase 

We have transfer pricing arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, 
including operations, marketing, sales, and delivery functions. The United States, Australia, Mexico, Philippines 
and  other  transfer  pricing  regulations  in  other  countries  where  we  operate,  require  that  cross-border 
transactions  between  affiliates  be  on  arm’s-length  terms.  We  carefully  consider  the  pricing  among  our 
subsidiaries to assure that they are at arm’s-length. If tax authorities were to determine that the transfer prices 
and terms we have applied are not appropriate, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest 
and penalties, which would cause material increase in our tax liability, thereby impacting our profitability and 
cash  flows,  and  potentially  resulting  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations,  effective  tax  rate  and 
financial condition.  

14 

 
We have incurred and may in the future incur impairments to goodwill, long-lived assets or strategic 
investments 

As a result of past acquisitions, as of December 31, 2019, we have approximately $301.7 million of goodwill 
and $115.6 million of intangible assets included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We review our goodwill 
and  intangible  assets  for  impairment  at  least  once  annually,  and  more  often  when  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. We perform an assessment of qualitative 
and quantitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination 
that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  or  intangible  asset  is  less  than  its  carrying 
amount. In the event that the book value of goodwill or intangible asset is impaired, such impairment would be 
charged  to  earnings  in  the  period  when  such  impairment  is  determined.  We  have  recorded  goodwill  and 
intangible impairments in the past, and there can be no assurance that we will not incur impairment charges in 
the future that could have material adverse effects on our financial condition or results of operations. 

Intellectual property infringement by us and by others may adversely impact our ability to innovate 
and compete 

From  time  to  time,  we  and  members  of  our  supply  chain  receive  assertions  that  our  service  offerings  or 
technologies infringe on the patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties. While to date we have 
been successful in defending such claims and many of these claims are without basis, the claims could require 
us to cease activities,  incur expensive  licensing costs,  or engage  in costly  litigation, which could adversely 
affect our business and results of operations. 

Our  intellectual  property  may  not  always  receive  favorable  treatment  from  the  United  States  Patent  and 
Trademark  Office,  the  European  Patent  Office  or  similar  foreign  intellectual  property  adjudication  and 
registration agencies; and our “patent pending” intellectual property may not receive a patent or may be subject 
to prior art limitations. 

The  lack  of  an  effective  legal  system  in  certain  countries  where  we  do  business  or  lack  of  commitment  to 
protection of intellectual property rights, may prevent us from being able to defend our intellectual property and 
related technology against infringement by others, leading to a material adverse effect on our business, results 
of operations and financial condition. 

Our financial results may be adversely impacted by foreign currency exchange rate risk 

Many contracts that we service from customer engagement centers based outside of the United States are 
typically priced, invoiced, and paid in U.S. and Australian dollars, the British pound or Euros, while the costs 
incurred to deliver the services and operate are incurred in the functional currencies of the applicable operating 
subsidiary. The fluctuations between the currencies of the contract and operating currencies present foreign 
currency exchange risks. Furthermore, because our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, but 
approximately 21% of our revenue is derived from contracts denominated in other currencies, our results of 
operations could be adversely affected if the U.S. dollar strengthens significantly against foreign currencies. 

While we hedge at various levels against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations, we can provide no assurance 
that we will be able to continue to successfully manage this foreign currency exchange risk and avoid adverse 
impacts on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Legislation discouraging offshoring of service by United States companies or making such offshoring 
difficult could significantly affect our business 

A perceived association between offshore service providers and the loss of jobs in the United States has been 
a focus of political debate in recent years. As a result, current and prospective clients may be reluctant to hire 
offshore  service  providers  like  TTEC  to  avoid  negative  perceptions  and  regulatory  scrutiny.  If  they  seek 
customer care and management capacity onshore that was previously available to them through outsourcers 
outside  of  the  United  States,  they  may  elect  to  perform  these  services  in-house  instead  of  outsourcing  the 
services  onshore.  Possible  tax  incentives  for  United  States  businesses  to  return  offshored,  including 
outsourced and offshored, services to the United States could also impact our clients’ continuing interest in 
using our services. 

15 

 
Legislation aimed to expand protections for United States based customers from having their personal data 
accessible outside of the United States could also impact offshore outsourcing opportunities by requiring notice 
and consent as a condition for sharing personal identifiable information with service providers based outside 
of the United States. Any material changes in current trends among United States based clients to use services 
outsourced and delivered offshore would materially impact our business and results of operations. 

Health epidemics could disrupt our business and adversely affect our financial results 

Our  customer  engagement  centers  typically  seat  hundreds  of  employees  in  one  location.  Accordingly,  an 
outbreak  of  a  contagious  infection  in  one  or  more  of  the  locations  in  which  we  do  business  may  result  in 
significant worker absenteeism, lower capacity utilization rates, voluntary or mandatory closure of our customer 
engagement centers, transportation restrictions that could make it difficult for our employees to commute to 
work, travel restrictions on our employees, and other disruptions to our business. Any prolonged or widespread 
health  epidemic  could  severely  disrupt  our  business  operations  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, its financial condition and results of operations. 

Our  bylaws  designate  Delaware  courts  as  the  exclusive  forum  for  most  disputes  with  our 
stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for their 
disputes. 

Our bylaws designate Delaware’s state courts as the exclusive forum for most disputes between us and our 
stockholders, including federal claims and derivative actions. We believe that this provision may benefit us by 
providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors 
and judges who are particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases 
relative  to  other  forums,  and  protection  against  the  burdens  of  multi-forum  litigation.  This  choice  of  forum 
provision does not have the effect of causing our stockholders to waive our obligation to comply with the federal 
securities laws. This bylaw forum selection provision is not uncommon for companies incorporated in the State 
of Delaware, but it could limit our stockholders’ ability to select a more favorable judicial forum for disputes with 
us, our directors, officers or other employees and may therefore discourage litigation. It is important to note, 
however, that our choice of forum provision would (i) not be enforceable with respect to any suits brought to 
enforce  any  liability  or  duty  created  by  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  and  (ii)  have 
uncertain enforceability with respect to claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

Delaware  law  and  certain  provisions  in  our  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  amended  and 
restated bylaws might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in 
our management and, therefore, depress the price of our common stock  

Our  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  amended  and  restated  bylaws  contain  provisions  that  could 
depress the market price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of 
our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. 
These provisions, among other things: 

(cid:120)  authorize  the  issuance  of  "blank  check"  preferred  stock  that  our  board  of  directors  could  use  to 

implement a stockholder rights plan;  

(cid:120)  provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Chairman, President or our 

board of directors;  

(cid:120)  establish  advance  notice  requirements  for  nominations  for  election  to  our  board  of  directors  or  for 

proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings;  

(cid:120)  permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors; and  

(cid:120)  provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and 

restated bylaws.  

16 

 
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change 
in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on  mergers,  business combinations and 
other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock. Further, as described below, 
a majority of our stock is held by a single controlling stockholder, which means that a change in control of our 
company  or  the  composition  of  the  Board  of  Directors  will  not  occur  without  the  approval  of  the  controlling 
stockholder. 

Our Chairman and Chief  Executive Officer controls a majority of our  stock and has  control over all 
matters requiring action by our stockholders; and his interest may conflict with the interests of our 
other stockholders 

Kenneth D. Tuchman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, directly and beneficially owns approximately 
61% of TTEC’s common stock. As a result, Mr. Tuchman could and does exercise significant influence and 
control over our business practices and strategy. As long as Mr. Tuchman continues to beneficially own more 
than 50% of our common stock he will be able to elect all of the members of our Board of Directors, effect 
stockholder  actions  by  written  consent  in  lieu  of  stockholder  meetings,  and  determine  the  outcome  of  all 
matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  our  stockholders,  including  matters  involving  mergers  or  other  business 
combinations, the acquisition or disposition of assets, the  occurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of any 
additional shares of common stock or other equity securities and the payment of dividends on our common 
stock. 

The  interest  of  Mr.  Tuchman  may  not  always  coincide  with  the  interest  of  our  other  stockholders,  and  Mr. 
Tuchman may seek to cause the Company to take actions that might involve risks to our business or adversely 
affect us  or our  other stockholders. For example, Mr. Tuchman’s control  of TTEC could delay  or prevent a 
change  of  control,  merger,  consolidation,  or  sale  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  our  assets  that  our  other 
stockholders support, or conversely, Mr. Tuchman’s control could result in the consummation of a transaction 
that our other stockholders do not support. As a controlling stockholder, Mr. Tuchman is generally entitled to 
vote  his  shares  as  he  sees  fit,  which  may  not  always  be  in  the  interest  of  our  other  stockholders.  This 
concentrated  control  could  also  discourage  parties  from  acquiring  our  common  stock  or  initiating  potential 
mergers,  takeovers  or  other  change  of  control  transactions,  which  could  depress  the  trading  price  of  our 
common stock. 

Our status as a “controlled company” could make our common stock less attractive to some investors 
or otherwise harm our stock price. 

Because we qualify as a “controlled company” under the listing rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, we are not 
required  to  have  a  majority  of  our  Board  of  Directors  be  independent,  nor  are  we  required  to  have  an 
independent  compensation  committee  or  an  independent  nominating  committee  of  the  Board.  While  the 
Company has elected not to avail itself of these governance exceptions available to “controlled companies,” in 
the future the Company may elect to do so. Accordingly, because of our “controlled company” status, the other 
stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all 
of the corporate governance rules for NASDAQ-listed companies. Our status as a controlled company could 
make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

We have not received written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC that 
were issued 180 days or more preceding the end of our 2019 fiscal year that remain unresolved. 

17 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

Our  corporate  headquarters  are  located  in  Englewood,  Colorado.  In  addition  to  our  headquarters  and  the 
customer  engagement  centers  used  by  our  Engage  segment  discussed  below,  we  also  maintain  sales  and 
consulting offices in several countries around the world which serve our Digital segment. 

As of December 31, 2019 we operated 89 customer engagement centers that are classified as follows: 

(cid:120)  Multi-Client Center — We lease space for these centers and serve multiple clients in each facility; 

(cid:120)  Dedicated Center — We lease space for these centers and dedicate the entire facility to one client; and 

(cid:120)  Managed Center — These facilities are leased or owned by our clients and we staff and manage these 

sites on behalf of our clients in accordance with facility management contracts. 

As of December 31, 2019, our customer engagement centers were located in the following countries: 

Australia 
Brazil 
Bulgaria 
Canada 
Greece 
Germany 
India 
Ireland 
Mexico 
Philippines 
Poland 
South Africa 
Thailand 
United Kingdom 
United States of America 

Total 

  Centers 

  Centers 

Total 
  Number of   
  Multi-Client    Dedicated    Managed    Delivery    
  Centers    
  Centers 
 3  
 2  
 2  
 6  
 1  
 1  
 1  
 1  
 3  
 18  
 1  
 1  
 1  
 2  
 46  
 89  

 —  
 2  
 2  
 5  
 1  
 —  
 1  
 1  
 3  
 18  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 32  
 65   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 1   
 —  
 1   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 1  
 1   
 1  
 2   
 9   
 16   

 3  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 5  
 8   

The  leases  for  our  customer  engagement  centers  have  remaining  terms  ranging  from  one  to  13 years  and 
generally contain renewal options. We believe that our existing customer engagement centers are suitable and 
adequate  for  our  current  operations,  and  we  have  plans  to  build  additional  centers  to  accommodate  future 
business. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

From time to time, the Company has been involved in legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise 
in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for exposures associated with such legal actions to 
the extent that losses are  deemed both probable and reasonably estimable. To the extent specific reserves 
have not been made for certain legal proceedings, their ultimate outcome, and consequently, an estimate of 
possible loss, if any, cannot reasonably be determined at this time. 

Based  on  currently  available  information  and  advice  received  from  counsel,  the  Company  believes  that  the 
disposition or ultimate resolution of any current legal proceedings, except as otherwise specifically reserved for 
in its financial statements,  will not  have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, cash 
flows or results of operations. 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

18 

 
 
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TTEC.”  

As of December 31, 2019, we had 282 holders of record of our common stock and during 2019 we declared 
and paid a $0.30 per share dividend and a $0.32 per share dividend on our common stock. During 2018 we 
declared  and  paid  a  $0.27  per  share  dividend  and  a  $0.28  per  share  dividend  on  our  common  stock  as 
discussed below. 

In 2015, our Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy, with the intent to distribute a periodic cash dividend 
to stockholders of our common stock, after consideration of, among other things, TTEC’s performance, cash 
flows, capital needs and liquidity factors. The Company paid the initial dividend in 2015 and has continued to 
pay a semi-annual dividend in October and April of each year in amounts ranging between $0.18 and $0.32 per 
common share. On February 27, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a $0.34 dividend per common share, 
payable on April 16, 2020, to shareholders of record as of April 1, 2020. While it is our intention to continue to 
pay semi-annual dividends in 2020 and beyond, any decision to pay future cash dividends will be made by our 
Board  of  Directors.  In  addition,  our  credit  facility  restricts  our  ability  to  pay  dividends  in  the  event  we  are  in 
default or do not satisfy certain covenants. 

Stock Repurchase Program 

We  continue  to  have  the  opportunity  to  return  capital  to  our  shareholders  via  an  ongoing  stock  repurchase 
program (originally authorized by the Board of Directors in 2001). As of  December 31, 2019, the cumulative 
authorized repurchase allowance was $762.3 million, of which we have used $735.8 million to purchase 46.1 
million  shares.  During  2018  and  2019,  we  did  not  purchase  any  shares  under  the  program,  and  we  do  not 
currently have plans to make repurchases in 2020. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities During the Fourth Quarter of 2019 

The following table provides information about our repurchases of equity securities during the quarter ended 
December 31, 2019: 

Period 
September 30, 2019 
October 1, 2019 - October 31, 2019 
November 1, 2019 - November 30, 2019 
December 1, 2019 - December 31, 2019 

Total 

Shares 

     Total Number of      Approximate Dollar  
  Value of Shares that  
May Yet Be 

  Purchased as 
  Part of Publicly    Purchased Under   
  Announced 

  Total Number   
  of Shares 
  Purchased 

  Average Price   
  Paid per Share   

Plans or 
Programs 

the Plans or 
Programs (In 
thousands) 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 
 —   $ 
 —  

 —   
 —   
 —   

   $ 
 —   $ 
 —   $ 
 —   $ 
 —  

 26,580  
 26,580  
 26,580  
 26,580  

From  January  1,  2020  through  February  28,  2020,  we  did  not  purchase  any  additional  shares.  The  stock 
repurchase program does not have an expiration date and the Board authorizes additional stock repurchases 
under the program from time to time. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
Stock Performance Graph 

The  graph  depicted  below  compares  the  performance  of  TTEC  common  stock  with  the  performance  of  the 
NASDAQ Composite Index; the Russell 2000 Index; and customized peer group over the period beginning on 
December 31, 2014 and ending on December 31, 2019. We have chosen the 2019 “Peer Group” composed of 
8x8, Inc.  (NASDAQ:  EGHT),  Five9 Inc.  (NASDAQ: FIVN),  Genpact (NASDAQ: G),  Sykes  Enterprises, 
Incorporated (NASDAQ: SYKE) and Teleperformance (NYSE Euronext: RCF). We believe that the companies 
in the 2019 Peer Group are relevant to our current business model, market capitalization and our two segments 
Digital and Engage. The 2018 Peer Group included Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated (NASDAQ: SYKE) and 
Teleperformance (NYSE Euronext: RCF), which were relevant to our Engage segment. 

The  graph  assumes  that  $100  was  invested  on  December 31,  2014  in  our  common  stock  and  in  each 
comparison index, and that all dividends were reinvested. We declared per share dividends on our common 
stock of $0.55 during 2018 and $0.62 during 2019. Stock price performance shown on the graph below is not 
necessarily indicative of future price performance. 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 
Among TTEC Holdings, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index, 
The Russell 2000 Index, And A Peer Group 

TTEC Holdings, Inc. 
NASDAQ Composite 
Russell 2000 
2018 Peer Group 
2019 Peer Group 

December 31,  

      2014 

      2015 

2016 

2017 

      2018 

2019 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  
 100  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 120  
 107  
 96  
 126  
 130  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 132  
 116  
 116  
 146  
 143  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 177  
 151  
 133  
 201  
 192  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 128  
 147  
 118  
 217  
 206  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 180  
 200  
 148  
 335  
 309  

20 

 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
21 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the 
related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K (amounts in thousands except per share amounts). 

2019 

Year Ended December 31,  
2017 

2016 

2018 

2015 

Statement of Operations Data 

Revenue 
Cost of services 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Other operating expenses 

Income from operations 

Other income (expense) 
Provision for income taxes 
Noncontrolling interest 

Net income attributable to TTEC 
stockholders 

Weighted average shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $   1,643,704   
    (1,242,887)  
 (202,540)  
 (69,086)  

$   1,509,171   
    (1,157,927)  
 (182,428)  
 (69,179)  

 (5,482) (1)      

 123,709   
 (13,298) (2)     
 (25,677) (3)     

 (7,570)  

 (7,583) (5)     
 92,054   
 (35,816) (6)     
 (16,483) (7)     
 (3,938)  

$   1,477,365   
    (1,110,068)  
 (182,314)  
 (64,507)  
 (19,987) (8)      
 100,489   
 (11,602) (9)      
 (78,075) (10)     

$   1,275,258   
 (941,592)  
 (175,797)  
 (68,675)  
 (36,442) (12)      
 52,752   
 (2,454) (13)      
 (12,863) (14)      

 (3,556)  

 (3,757)  

$   1,286,755   
 (928,247)  
 (194,606)  
 (63,808)  

 (9,914) (16)   
 90,180   
 (4,291)  
 (20,004) (17)   
 (4,219)  

  $ 

 77,164   

$ 

 35,817   

$ 

 7,256   

$ 

 33,678   

$ 

 61,666   

 46,373   
 46,758   

 46,064   
 46,385   

 45,826   
 46,382   

 47,423   
 47,736   

 48,370   
 49,011   

Net income per share attributable to 
TTEC stockholders 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $ 
  $ 

Dividends issued per common share 

  $ 

 1.66   
 1.65   

 0.62   

$ 
$ 

$ 

 0.78   
 0.77   

 0.55   

$ 
$ 

$ 

 0.16   
 0.16   

 0.47   

$ 
$ 

$ 

 0.71   
 0.71   

 0.385   

$ 
$ 

$ 

 1.27   
 1.26   

 0.36   

Balance Sheet Data 
Total assets 
Total long-term liabilities 

  $   1,376,788  (4)    $   1,054,508   
 466,241   
  $ 

 532,846  (4)    $ 

$   1,078,736  (11)   $ 
 514,113  (11)   $ 
$ 

 846,304  (15)    $ 
 304,380  (15)    $ 

 843,327   
 191,473   

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

Includes $1.1 million related to reductions in force, $0.7 million of expense for facility exit and other charges, 
a  $2.6  million  impairment  of  leasehold  improvements  and  right  to  use  lease  assets,  and  a  $1.1  million 
impairment  of  internally  developed  software,  customer  relationship  intangible  assets  and  other  long-term 
assets. 
Includes a $4.7 million charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition (for 
discussion  regarding  acquisition  of  Motif,  see  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2017), a $2.4 million benefit related to a fair value adjustment of the contingent consideration 
based on revised estimates of performance against targets for one of our acquisitions, a $1.4 million benefit 
related to royalty payments in connection with the sale of two business units, a $1.4 million benefit related to 
the  recovery  of  receivables  for  a  division  in  winddown,  and  a  $0.7  million  benefit  related  to  the  sale  of 
trademarks. 
Includes a $1.7 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments, a $2.8 million benefit related to tax 
rate changes, $0.7 million of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, $4.5 million of expense 
related to changes in valuation allowance, a $0.9 million benefit related to restructuring, and a $0.3 million 
benefit related to other items. 
The Company spent $107.0 million, net of cash acquired of $4.5 million in 2019 for the acquisition of FCR. 
Upon  acquisition  of  FCR,  the  Company  acquired  $171.7  million  in  assets  and  assumed  $9.6  million  in 
liabilities ($4.0 million in long-term liabilities). 
Includes  $0.8  million  related  to  reductions  in  force,  $5.3  million  of  expense  for  facility  exit  charges  and  a 
termination fee for a technology vendor contract, $1.1 million of expense related to the impairment of property 
and equipment and a $0.3 million impairment charge related to internally developed software. 
Includes a $15.6 million impairment of the full value of an equity investment and a related bridge loan, a $9.9 
million charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition, a $1.6 million net 
loss related to a business unit which was classified as assets held for sale and subsequently reclassified to 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 

(11) 

(12) 

(13) 

(14) 

(15) 

(16) 

(17) 

assets  held  and  used  as  of  December  31,  2018,  a  $2.0  million  benefit  related  to  royalty  payments  in 
connection  with  the  sale  of  a  business  unit,  a  $0.7  million  benefit  related  to  the  bargain  purchase  of  an 
acquisition closed in March 2018, and a $0.3 million benefit related to a fair value adjustment of the contingent 
consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for one or our acquisitions. 
Includes a $4.2 million benefit related to the impairment of an equity investment, a $3.4 million benefit related 
to return to provision adjustments, $0.5 million of expense related to the disposition of assets, a $0.7 million 
benefit related to stock options, $1.6 million of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, $1.5 
million of expense related to changes in valuation allowance, a $2.1 million benefit related to restructuring, 
and a $0.5 million benefit related to other items. 
Includes $1.2 million expense related to reductions in force, $2.2 million of expense for facility exit charges, 
$3.5 million of expense due to write-off of leasehold improvements and other fixed assets in connection with 
the facilities we exited, $7.8 million expense related to integration charges for the Connextions acquisition (for 
discussion regarding acquisition of Connextions, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2017), and a $5.3 million impairment charge related to two trade name intangible assets. 
Includes  $5.3  million  of  expense  related  to  the  finalization  of  the  transition  services  agreement  for 
Connextions, a net $2.6 million loss related to a held for sale business unit that was sold in December 2017 
and a $1.2 million charge to interest expense related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif 
acquisition  offset  by  a  $3.2  million  benefit  related  to  the  release  of  the  currency  translation  adjustment  in 
equity in connection with the dissolution of a foreign entity. 
Includes  $62.4  million  of  expense  related  to  the  US  2017  Tax  Act,  $0.4  million  of  expense  related  to  the 
disposition  of  assets,  a  $1.9  million  benefit  related  to  impairments,  a  $2.2  million  benefit  related  to  stock 
options, $0.6 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $5.8 million benefit related to 
restructuring, a $0.6 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments and a $2.1 million benefit related 
to changes to a transition service agreement. 
The  Company  spent  $116.7  million,  net  of  cash  acquired  of  $6.0  million,  in  2017  for  the  acquisitions  of 
Connextions and Motif. Upon acquisitions of Connextions and Motif, the Company acquired $40.8 million in 
assets and assumed $36.3 million in liabilities ($27.4 million in long-term liabilities). 
Includes $3.4 million expense related to reductions in force, $1.0 million of expense for facility exit and other 
charges,  a  $1.3  million  impairment  of  fixed  assets,  a  $1.4  million  impairment  of  goodwill,  an  $11.1  million 
impairment of internally developed software, and $18.2 million of impairment charges related to several trade 
name, customer relationship and non-compete intangible assets. 
Includes a $5.3 million estimated loss related to two business units which were classified as assets held for 
sale offset by a $4.8 million benefit related to fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration based on 
revised estimates of performance against targets for two of our acquisitions. 
Includes $1.7 million of expense related to return to provision adjustments, $1.1 million of expense related to 
a transfer pricing adjustment for a prior period, $0.5 million of expense related to tax rate changes, $0.5 million 
of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $1.5 million benefit related to restructuring charges, 
and a $9.8 million benefit related to impairments and loss on assets held for sale. 
The Company spent $46.1 million, net of cash acquired of $2.7 million, in 2016 for the acquisition of Atelka 
(for discussion regarding our acquisition of Atelka, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2016). Upon acquisition of Atelka, the Company acquired $25.1 million in assets and assumed 
$7.7 million in liabilities ($1.4 million in long-term liabilities). 
Includes $1.8 million expense related to reductions in force, $0.4 million of expense related to the impairment 
of property and equipment, and $7.7 million of expense related to the impairment of goodwill. 
Includes a $0.7 million benefit related to restructuring charges, $1.2 million net expense related to changes 
in  valuation  allowance  and  a  related  release  of  a  deferred  tax  liability,  $1.5  million  of  expense  related  to 
provisions for uncertain tax positions, a $2.6 million benefit related to impairments, $1.3 million of expense 
related to state net operating losses and credits, and a $0.4 million benefit related to other items. 

23 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS 

Executive Summary 

TTEC  Holdings, Inc.  (“TTEC”,  “the  Company”,  “we”,  “our”  or  “us”)  is  a  leading  global  customer  experience 
technology  and  services  company  focused  on  the  design,  implementation  and  delivery  of  transformative 
customer experience outcomes for many of the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. Since our inception 
in  1982,  we  have  been  helping  clients  deliver  frictionless  customer  experiences,  strengthen  their  customer 
relationships, brand recognition and loyalty through  personalized  interactions, significantly improve their Net 
Promoter Score ("NPS"), and lower their total cost to serve by enabling and delivering simplified, consistent 
and seamless customer experience across channels and phases of the customer lifecycle. 

Our customer experience thought leadership is substantiated, with innovative programs that differentiate our 
clients from their competition.  

In the fast expanding direct-to-customer ("DTC") channel where experiences are everything, enterprises must 
become increasingly customer-centric and digitally enabled. Digital transformation has become a have-to-have 
in  winning  and  keeping  customers.  It  is  our  mission  to  enable  and  accelerate  our  clients'  path  to  digital 
transformation. We are focused on improving the experience of our clients' customers, by leveraging existing 
and emerging technologies — artificial intelligence ("AI"), machine learning ("ML"), robotic process automation 
("RPA"), cloud, analytics, omnichannel and real-time messaging. 

Through the first quarter of 2019, the Company reported its financial results of operations across four segments: 
Customer  Strategy  Services  (“CSS”),  Customer  Technology  Services  (“CTS”),  Customer  Growth  Services 
(“CGS”) and Customer Management Services (“CMS”). Starting in the second quarter of 2019, the Company 
changed its go-to-market strategy, how its clients evaluate and consume its services, how TTEC assesses its 
operating performance and the leadership accountability for its segments. As a result, the Company now reports 
its financial information based on two segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage. 

(cid:120)  TTEC Digital designs, builds and delivers tech-enabled, insight-based and outcome-driven customer 
experience  solutions  through  our  professional  services  and  suite  of  technology  offerings.  These 
solutions are critical to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for our clients. These services 
were previously included in the CSS and CTS segments. 

(cid:120)  TTEC Engage provides the essential technologies, human resources, infrastructure and processes to 
operate customer care, acquisition, and fraud detection and prevention services. These services were 
previously included in the CGS and CMS segments. 

TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage come together under our unified offering, Humanify™ Customer Experience 
as  a  Service  ("CXaas"),  which  drives  measurable  customer  results  for  clients  through  the  delivery  of 
personalized, omnichannel experiences. Our Humanify™ cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem 
of  Customer  Experience  ("CX")  offerings,  including  omnichannel,  messaging,  AI,  ML,  RPA,  analytics, 
cybersecurity,  customer 
journey 
orchestration. Our end-to-end platform differentiates us from many competitors by combining design, strategic 
consulting, best in class technology, data analytics, process optimization, system integration and operational 
excellence.  This  unified  offering  is  value-oriented,  outcome-based  and  delivered  to  large  enterprise  and 
governments on a global scale. 

("CRM"),  knowledge  management  and 

relationship  management 

During fiscal 2019, the TTEC global operating platform delivered services in 22 countries -- the United States, 
Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Costa Rica, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Mexico, 
the  Netherlands,  New  Zealand,  the  Philippines,  Poland,  Singapore,  South  Africa,  Thailand,  United Arab 
Emirates, and the United Kingdom. We provide onshore, nearshore and offshore services on six continents to 
accommodate  client  requirements.  TTEC  has  49,500  employees,  approximately  1,400  of  whom  are  CX 
professionals serving TTEC Digital clients and approximately 48,100 of whom serve TTEC Engage clients. 

Our revenue for fiscal 2019 was $1.644 billion, approximately $305 million, or 19%, which came from our TTEC 
Digital segment and $1.338 billion, or 81%, which came from our TTEC Engage segment.  

24 

 
 
To improve our competitive position in a rapidly changing market and stay strategically relevant to our clients, 
we continue to invest in innovation and service offerings for mainstream and high growth disruptive businesses, 
diversifying and strengthening our core customer care services with consulting, data analytics, insights, and 
technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services.  

We also invest to expand our geographic footprint, broaden our product and service capabilities, increase our 
global client base and industry expertise, and further scale our end-to-end integrated solutions platform. To this 
end we have been highly acquisitive in the last several years, including an acquisition in 2019 of a U.S.-based 
provider of customer care, social media community management, content moderation, technical support and 
business process solutions; an acquisition in 2018 of a U.K.-based systems integrator for multichannel contact 
center platforms; an acquisition in 2017 of an India-based digital fraud prevention and detection and content 
moderation  services  company;  and  an  acquisition  in  2017  of  a  U.S.-based  healthcare  services  company 
focused on improving the customer experience for healthcare plan providers and pharmacy benefits managers. 

We have extensive expertise in the automotive, communications, financial services, government,  healthcare, 
logistics, media and entertainment, retail, technology, travel and transportation industries. We serve more than 
300 diverse clients globally, including many iconic blue-chip brands, Fortune 1000 companies, and disruptive 
growth companies. 

Our Integrated Service Offerings and Business Segments 

We  provide  strategic  value  and  differentiation  through  our  two  business  segments:  TTEC  Digital  and 
TTEC Engage. 

TTEC  Digital  designs,  builds  and  delivers  tech-enabled,  insights-based  and  outcome-driven  customer 
experience solutions through our professional services and suite of technology offerings. These solutions are 
critical to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for our clients. 

(cid:120)  Technology  Services:  Our  technology  services  design,  integrate  and  operate  highly  scalable,  digital 
omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise, or hybrid, including journey orchestration, 
automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity.  

(cid:120)  Professional  Services:  Our  management  consulting  practices  deliver  customer  experience  strategy, 

analytics, process optimization, and learning and performance services.  

TTEC Engage provides the essential technologies, human resources, infrastructure and processes to operate 
customer care, acquisition, and fraud detection and prevention services. 

(cid:120)  Customer  Acquisition  Services:  Our  customer  growth  and  acquisition  services  optimize  the  buying 
journeys  for  acquiring  new  customers  by  leveraging  technology  and  analytics  to  deliver  personal 
experiences that increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.  

(cid:120)  Customer  Care  Services:  Our  customer  care  services  provide  turnkey  contact  center  solutions, 
including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and operational 
expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints.  

(cid:120)  Fraud Prevention Services: Our digital fraud detection and prevention services proactively identify and 

prevent fraud and provide community content moderation and compliance. 

Based on our clients’ preference, we provide our services on an integrated cross-business segment and/or on 
a discrete basis. 

Additional  information  with  respect  to  our  segments  and  geographic  footprint  is  included  in  Part II, Item  8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Our 2019 Financial Results 

In 2019, our revenue increased 8.9% to $1,644 million over 2018, including an increase of 0.1% or $0.8 million 
due to foreign currency fluctuations and a decrease of $17.9 million, or 1.2%, due to the initial adoption of ASC 
606 for revenue in the first quarter of 2018. The increase in revenue was comprised of a $66.5 million, or 27.9%, 
increase for TTEC Digital and a $68.0 million, or 5.4%, increase for TTEC Engage. 

25 

 
Our 2019  income from operations  increased  $31.7  million to  $123.7 million  or  7.5% of revenue, from  $92.1 
million or 6.1% of revenue for 2018. The change in operating income is attributable to a number of different 
factors  across  the  segments.  The  TTEC  Digital  operating  income  expanded  with  an  18%,  or  $5.9  million, 
improvement over last year primarily on the growth of its higher margin cloud business and its system integration 
business which provides services pre and post the buildout of each client’s cloud platform. The TTEC Engage 
operating income increased 44%, or $25.8 million, compared to the prior year based on the increase in revenue 
and a $6.8 million benefit related to foreign currency fluctuations which was offset by a $9.8 million decrease 
related to the initial adoption of ASC 606 during the first quarter of 2018. 

Income from operations in 2019 and 2018 included a total of $5.5 million and $7.6 million of restructuring and 
asset impairments, respectively.  

Our offshore customer engagement centers serve clients based in the U.S. and in other countries and span 
five countries with 23,915 workstations representing 52% of our global delivery capabilities. Revenue for our 
TTEC Engage segment provided in these offshore locations was $455 million and represented 34% of our 2019 
revenue, as compared to $440 million and 35% of our 2018 revenue. 

As of December 31, 2019, the total production workstations for our TTEC Engage segment was 45,611 and the 
overall capacity utilization in our centers was 74%. The utilization is lower than the previous year as we expand 
and  shift  capacity  in  certain  countries  to  accommodate  the  volume  and  location  related  to  client  specific 
customer  engagement  volume.  The  table  below  presents  workstation  data  for  all  of  our  centers  as  of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018. Our utilization percentage is defined as the total number of utilized production 
workstations compared to the total number of available production workstations. 

Total centers 

Sites open >1 year 
Sites open <1 year 

Total workstations 

December 31, 2019 

December 31, 2018 

Total 

Total 

  Production 
  Workstations   

In Use 

  % In 
  Use 

  Production 
  Workstations   

In Use 

  % In    
  Use    

 40,140   
 5,471   
 45,611   

 29,749  
 3,870  
 33,619  

 74 %   
 71 %   
 74 %   

 42,687   
 309   
 42,996   

 34,017  
 231  
 34,248  

 80 % 
 75 % 
 80 % 

We continue to see demand from all geographic regions to utilize our offshore delivery capabilities and expect 
this trend to continue. On the other hand, some of our clients may be subject to regulatory pressures to bring 
more services onshore to the United States. In light of these trends, we plan to continue to selectively retain 
and  grow  capacity  in  and  expand  into  new  offshore  markets,  while  maintaining  appropriate  capacity  in  the 
United States. As we grow our offshore delivery capabilities and our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations 
increases, we continue to actively manage this risk via a multi-currency hedging program designed to minimize 
operating margin volatility. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well 
as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We regularly review our estimates and assumptions. These 
estimates and assumptions, which are based upon historical experience and on various other factors believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of 
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Reported amounts and disclosures may 
have been different had management used different estimates and assumptions or if different conditions had 
occurred in the periods  presented.  Below  is a discussion of the policies that we believe may  involve a  high 
degree of judgment and complexity. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
 
     
 
     
     
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Revenue Recognition – 2019 and 2018 Revenue 

The Company recognizes revenue from contracts and programs when control of the promised goods or services 
is  transferred  to  the  customers,  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  it  expects  to  be  entitled  to  in 
exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations are satisfied 
by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise in a 
contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. Performance obligation is the unit of accounting 
for revenue recognition under the provisions of ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and 
all related amendments (“ASC 606”). A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance 
obligation in recognizing revenue.  

The  BPO  inbound  and  outbound  service  fees  are  based  on  either  a  per  minute,  per  hour,  per  FTE,  per 
transaction  or  per  call  basis,  which  represents  the  majority  of  our  contracts.  These  contracts  have  a  single 
performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods or services is not separately identifiable 
from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, not distinct. For example, services for the training of the 
Company’s agents (which are separately billable to the customer) are a separate promise in our BPO contracts, 
but  they  are  not  distinct  from  the  primary  service  obligations  to  transfer  services  to  the  customers.  The 
performance of  the customer service by the  agents is  highly dependent on the initial, growth, and seasonal 
training services provided to the agents during the life of a program. The training itself is not considered to have 
value to the customer on a standalone basis, and therefore, training on a standalone basis cannot be considered 
a separate unit of accounting. The Company therefore defers revenue from certain training services that are 
rendered  mainly  upon  commencement  of  a  new  client  contract  or  program,  including  seasonal  programs. 
Revenue  is  also  deferred  when  there  is  significant  growth  training  in  an  existing  program.  Accordingly, 
recognition of initial, growth, and seasonal training revenues and associated costs (consisting primarily of labor 
and related expenses) are deferred and amortized over the period of economic benefit. With the exception of 
training,  which  is typically  billed upfront and deferred,  the remainder of revenue  is invoiced on  a monthly or 
quarterly basis as services are performed and does not create a contract asset or liability. 

In  addition  to  revenue  from  BPO  services,  revenue  also  consists  of  fees  from  services  for  program  launch, 
professional consulting, fully-hosted or managed technology and learning innovation services. The contracts 
containing  these  service  offerings  may  contain  multiple  performance  obligations.  For  contracts  with  multiple 
performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation 
using  the  best  estimate  of  the  standalone  selling  price  of  each  distinct  good  or  service  in  the  contract.  The 
primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin approach, under 
which  the  Company  forecasts  its  expected  costs  of  satisfying  a  performance  obligation  and  then  adds  an 
appropriate  margin  for  that  distinct  good  or  service.  The  Company  forecasts  its  expected  cost  based  on 
historical data, current prevailing wages, other direct and indirect costs incurred in recently completed contracts, 
market  conditions,  and  other  client  specific  cost  considerations.  For  these  services,  the  point  at  which  the 
transfer  of  control  occurs  determines  when  revenue  is  recognized  in  a  specific  reporting  period.  Within  our 
Digital segment, where there are product sales, the attribution of revenue is recognized when the transfer of 
control is completed and the products are delivered to the client’s location. Where services are rendered to a 
customer,  the  attribution  is  aligned  with  the  progress  of  work  and  is  recognized  over  time  (i.e.  based  on 
measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of a performance obligation using an output method or an 
input method). Where output method is used, revenue is recognized on the basis of direct measurements of 
the  value  to  the  customer  of  the  goods  or  services  transferred  relative  to  the  remaining  goods  or  services 
promised under the contract. The majority of the Company’s services are recognized over time using the input 
method  in  which  revenue  is  recognized  on  the  basis  of  efforts  or  inputs  toward  satisfying  a  performance 
obligation (for example, resources consumed, labor hours expended, costs incurred, or time elapsed) relative 
to the total expected inputs to satisfy the performance obligation. The measures used provide faithful depiction 
of the transfer of goods or services to the customers. For example, revenue is recognized on certain consulting 
contracts based on labor hours expended as a measurement of progress where the consulting work involves 
input  of  consultants’  time.  The  progress  is  measured  based  on  the  hours  expended  over  total  number  of 
estimated  hours  included  in  the  contract  multiplied  by  the  total  contract  consideration.  The  contract 
consideration can be a fixed price or an hourly rate, and in either case, the use of labor hours expended as an 
input measure provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of services to the customers. Deferred revenues for 
these services represent amounts collected from, or invoiced to, customers in excess of revenues recognized. 

27 

 
This  results  primarily  from  i)  receipt  of  license  fees  that  are  deferred  due  to  one  or  more  of  the  revenue 
recognition criteria not being met, and ii) the billing of annual customer support agreements, annual managed 
service  agreements,  and  billings  for  other  professional  services  that  have  not  yet  been  performed  by  the 
Company. The Company records amounts billed and received, but not  earned,  as deferred revenue. These 
amounts are recorded in Deferred revenue  or Other long-term liabilities, as applicable, in the accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the period over which the Company expects to render services. Costs 
directly associated with revenue deferred, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also deferred 
and recognized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract. 

Variable consideration exists in contracts for certain client programs that provide for adjustments to monthly 
billings based upon whether the Company achieves, exceeds or fails certain performance criteria. Adjustments 
to  monthly  billings  consist  of  contractual  bonuses/penalties,  holdbacks  and  other  performance  based 
conditions. Variable consideration is estimated at contract inception at its most likely value and updated at the 
end  of  each  reporting  period  as  additional  performance  data  becomes  available.  Revenue  related  to  such 
variable consideration is recognized only to the extent that a significant reversal of any incremental revenue is 
not considered probable.  

Contract modifications are routine in the performance of the customer contracts. Contracts are often modified 
to account for customer  mandated changes  in the contract specifications or requirements, including service 
level changes. In most instances, contract modifications relate to goods or services that are incremental and 
distinctly identifiable, and, therefore, are accounted for prospectively.   

Direct and incremental costs to obtain or fulfill a contract are capitalized, and the capitalized costs are amortized 
over the corresponding period of benefit, determined on a contract by contract basis. The Company recognizes 
an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects to recover those costs. 
The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that the Company incurs to obtain a customer 
contract that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained. Contract acquisition costs consist 
primarily of payment of commissions to sales personnel and are incurred when customer contracts are signed. 
The deferred sales commission amounts are amortized based on the expected period of economic benefit and 
are classified as current or non-current based on the timing of when they are expected to be recognized as an 
expense.  Costs  to  obtain  a  contract  that  would  have  been  incurred  regardless  of  whether  the  contract  was 
obtained  are  recognized  as  an  expense  when  incurred,  unless  those  costs  are  explicitly  chargeable  to  the 
customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained. Sales commissions are paid for obtaining new clients 
only and are not paid for contract renewals or contract modifications. Capitalized costs of obtaining contracts 
are periodically reviewed for impairment. 

In certain cases, the Company negotiates an upfront payment to a customer in conjunction with the execution 
of  a  contract.  Such  upfront  payments  are  critical  to  acquisition  of  new  business  and  are  often  used  as  an 
incentive  to  negotiate  favorable  rates  from  the  clients  and  are  accounted  for  as  upfront  discounts  for  future 
services. Such payments are either made in cash at the time of execution of a contract or are netted against 
the Company’s service invoices. Payments to customers are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and are 
amortized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-
line amortization over the life of the contract. Such payments are considered a reduction of the selling prices of 
the  Company’s  products  or  services,  and  therefore,  are  accounted  for  as  a  reduction  of  revenue  when 
amortized.  Such  capitalized  contract  acquisition  costs  are  periodically  reviewed  for  impairment  taking  into 
consideration ongoing future cash flows expected from the contract and estimated remaining useful life of the 
contract. 

28 

 
Some of the Company’s service contracts are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. For 
those  contracts,  the  Company  has  utilized  the  practical  expedient  in  ASC  606-10-50-14  exempting  the 
Company  from  disclosure  of  the  transaction  price  allocated  to  remaining  performance  obligations  if  the 
performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less. Also in 
alignment  with  ASC  606-10-50-14,  the  Company  does  not  disclose  the  value  of  unsatisfied  performance 
obligations for contracts for which it recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for 
services performed. Additionally, the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year. Given the 
foregoing, the Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 to not assess whether a 
contract has a significant financing component. Pursuant to the Company’s election of the practical expedient 
under ASC 606-10-32-2A, sales, value add, and other taxes that are collected from customers concurrent with 
revenue-producing activities, which the Company has an obligation to remit to the governmental authorities, 
are excluded from revenue. 

Revenue Recognition – 2017 and prior years 

We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, the delivery of service has occurred, the fee 
is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. The BPO inbound and outbound service fees are 
based on either a per minute, per hour, per full-time employee, per transaction or per call basis. Certain client 
programs provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether we achieve, exceed or fail certain 
performance criteria. Adjustments to monthly billings consist of contractual bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and 
other performance based contingencies. Revenue recognition is limited to the amount that is not contingent 
upon delivery of future services or meeting other specified performance conditions. 

Revenue also consists of services for agent training, program launch, professional consulting, fully-hosted or 
managed  technology  and  learning  innovation.  These  service  offerings  may  contain  multiple  element 
arrangements  whereby  we  determine  if  those  service  offerings  represent  separate  units  of  accounting.  A 
deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value and delivery or performance 
of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within our control. If those deliverables are 
determined  to  be  separate  units  of  accounting,  revenue  is  recognized  as  services  are  provided.  If  those 
deliverables  are  not  determined  to  be  separate  units  of  accounting,  revenue  for  the  delivered  services  are 
bundled into one unit of accounting and recognized over the life of the arrangement or at the time all services 
and deliverables have been delivered and satisfied. We allocate revenue to each of the deliverables based on 
a  selling  price  hierarchy  of  vendor  specific  objective  evidence  (“VSOE”),  third-party  evidence,  and  then 
estimated selling price. VSOE is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately. Third-
party evidence is based on largely interchangeable competitor services in standalone sales to similarly situated 
customers. Estimated selling price is based on our best estimate of what the selling prices of deliverables would 
be if they were sold regularly on a standalone basis. Estimated selling price is established considering multiple 
factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices in different geographies, service offerings, and customer 
classifications.  Once  we  allocate  revenue  to  each  deliverable,  we  recognize  revenue  when  all  revenue 
recognition criteria are met. 

Periodically, we will make certain expenditures related to acquiring contracts or provide up-front discounts for 
future services. These expenditures are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and amortized in proportion to 
the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the 
life of the contract. Amortization of these contract acquisition costs is recorded as a reduction to revenue. 

Income Taxes 

Accounting for income taxes requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future 
income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or 
tax  returns.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  the  difference 
between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect for the year in 
which the differences are expected to reverse. When circumstances warrant, we assess the likelihood that our 
net deferred tax assets will more likely than not be recovered from future projected taxable income. 

We continually review the  likelihood  that deferred tax  assets will  be realized in future  tax periods under the 
“more-likely-than-not” criteria. In making this judgment, we consider all available evidence, both positive and 
negative, in determining whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is required. 

29 

 
We  follow  a  two-step  approach  to  recognizing  and  measuring  uncertain  tax  positions.  The  first  step  is  to 
determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be 
sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the amount that has a greater 
than  50%  likelihood  of  being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement  with  the  tax  authority.  We  evaluate  these 
uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on the consideration of several factors 
including  changes  in  facts  or  circumstances,  changes  in  applicable  tax  law,  and  settlement  of  issues  under 
audit. 

Interest and penalties relating to income taxes and uncertain tax positions are accrued net of tax in the Provision 
for income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

In the future, our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside 
our control. Our effective tax rate is affected by the proportion of revenue and income before taxes in the various 
domestic  and  international  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  Further,  we  are  subject  to  changing  tax  laws, 
regulations  and  interpretations  in  multiple  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate,  as  well  as  the  requirements, 
pronouncements and rulings of certain tax, regulatory and accounting organizations. We estimate our annual 
effective tax rate each quarter based on a combination of actual and forecasted results of subsequent quarters. 
Consequently, significant changes in our actual quarterly or forecasted results may impact the effective tax rate 
for the current or future periods. 

Tax Reform 

In 2017, the United States enacted comprehensive tax reform legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 
(the "2017 Tax Act") that, among other things, reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 
21% and implemented a territorial tax system, but imposed an alternative “base erosion and anti-abuse tax” 
(“BEAT”), and an incremental tax on global intangible low taxed foreign income (“GILTI”) effective January 1, 
2018. In addition, the law imposed a one-time mandatory repatriation tax on accumulated post-1986 foreign 
earnings on domestic corporations effective for the 2017 tax year. As of December 31, 2018, we completed our 
accounting  for  the  tax  effects  of  the  2017  Tax  Act  and  no  material  adjustment  was  recorded  to  the  2017 
estimate. 

While our accounting for the recorded impact of the 2017 Tax Act is deemed to be complete, these amounts 
are based on prevailing regulations and currently available information, and any additional guidance issued by 
the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or the results of an audit related to these items, could impact our recorded 
amounts in future periods. 

The  Company’s  selection  of  an  accounting  policy  with  respect  to  both  the  new  GILTI  and  BEAT  rules  is  to 
compute  the  related  taxes  in  the  period  the  entity  becomes  subject  to  either.  A  reasonable  estimate  of  the 
effects of these provisions has been included in the 2019 and 2018 annual financial statements. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

We  evaluate  the  carrying  value  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  definite-lived  intangible  assets  for 
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be 
recoverable. An asset is considered to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of an asset 
group are estimated to be less than its carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference 
between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. Fair value estimates are based on assumptions 
concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

We  evaluate  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  for  possible  impairment  at  least  annually  or 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be 
recoverable. 

30 

 
We  use  a  two  step  process  to  assess  the  realizability  of  goodwill.  The  first  step,  Step  0,  is  a  qualitative 
assessment that analyzes current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit. For example, 
we analyze changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial 
performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of a particular 
reporting unit. A qualitative assessment also includes analyzing the excess fair value of a reporting unit over its 
carrying  value  from  impairment  assessments  performed  in  previous  years.  If  the  qualitative  assessment 
indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required. 

If a qualitative assessment indicates that a significant decline to fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than 
not, or if a reporting unit’s fair value has historically been closer to its carrying value, we will proceed to Step 1 
testing where we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on discounted future probability-weighted 
cash flows. If Step 1 indicates that the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, we will 
record an impairment equal to the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. 

We estimate fair value using discounted cash flows of the reporting units. The most significant assumptions 
used in these analyses are those made in estimating future cash flows. In estimating future cash flows, we use 
financial assumptions in our internal forecasting model such as projected capacity utilization, projected changes 
in  the  prices  we  charge  for  our  services,  projected  labor  costs,  as  well  as  contract  negotiation  status.  The 
financial and credit market volatility directly impacts our fair value measurement through our weighted average 
cost of capital that we use to determine our discount rate. We use a discount rate we consider appropriate for 
the country where the business unit is providing services. 

Similar to goodwill, the Company may first use a qualitative analysis to assess the realizability of its indefinite-
lived  intangible  assets.  The  qualitative  analysis  will  include  a  review  of  changes  in  economic,  market  and 
industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if 
there  would  be  a  significant  decline  to  the  fair  value  of  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset.  If  a  quantitative 
analysis  is  completed,  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  (such  as  a  trade  name)  is  evaluated  for  possible 
impairment  by  comparing  the  fair  value  of  the  asset  with  its  carrying  value.  Fair  value  is  estimated  as  the 
discounted value of future revenues arising from a trade name using a royalty rate that a market participant 
would  pay for use of that trade  name.  An impairment charge is recorded if the trade  name’s carrying value 
exceeds its estimated fair value. 

Derivatives 

We may enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce our exposure to foreign currency 
exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. We  may 
enter into interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable 
rate debt. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are often accounted for as cash flow hedges under current 
accounting standards. From time-to-time, we may also enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge 
our net investment in a foreign operation. 

All derivative financial instruments are reported in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. 
Changes in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated 
other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  a  component  of  Stockholders’  Equity,  to  the  extent  they  are  deemed 
effective. Based on the criteria established by current accounting standards, all of our cash flow hedge contracts 
are  deemed  to  be  highly  effective.  Changes  in  fair  value  of  any  net  investment  hedge  are  recorded  as 
cumulative  translation  adjustment  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  in  the  accompanying 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  offsetting  the  change  in  cumulative  translation  adjustment  attributable  to  the 
hedged portion of our net investment in the foreign operation. Any realized gains or losses resulting from the 
foreign currency cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transactions within Revenue. Any 
realized gains or losses resulting from the interest rate swaps are recognized in Interest expense. Gains and 
losses from the settlements of our net investment hedges remain in Accumulated other comprehensive income 
(loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net investment. 

31 

 
We  also enter into fair value derivative contracts to reduce  our  exposure  to foreign currency exchange rate 
fluctuations  associated  with  changes  in  asset  and  liability  balances.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivative 
instruments  designated  as  fair  value  hedges  affect  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  or  liability  hedged,  with 
changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized in Other income 
(expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

While  we  expect  that  our  derivative  instruments  will  continue  to  be  highly  effective  and  in  compliance  with 
applicable  accounting  standards,  if  our  hedges  did  not  qualify  as  highly  effective  or  if  we  determine  that 
forecasted transactions will not occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges would be 
reflected currently in earnings. 

Contingencies 

We record a liability for pending litigation and claims where losses are both probable and reasonably estimable. 
Each quarter, management reviews all litigation and claims on a case-by-case basis and assigns probability of 
loss and range of loss. 

Explanation of Key Metrics and Other Items 

Cost of Services 

Cost of services  principally include costs  incurred in  connection with  our customer  experience  services and 
technology  services,  including  direct  labor  and  related  taxes  and  benefits,  telecommunications,  technology 
costs, sales and use tax and certain fixed costs associated with the customer engagement centers. In addition, 
cost  of  services  includes  income  related  to  grants  we  may  receive  from  local  or  state  governments  as  an 
incentive  to  locate  customer  engagement  centers  in  their  jurisdictions  which  reduce  the  cost  of  services  for 
those facilities. 

Selling, General and Administrative 

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  primarily  include  costs  associated  with  administrative  services 
such  as  sales,  marketing,  product  development,  legal,  information  systems  (including  core  technology  and 
telephony  infrastructure),  accounting  and  finance.  It  also  includes  outside  professional  fees  (i.e.,  legal  and 
accounting services), building expense for non-engagement center facilities and other items associated with 
general business administration. 

Restructuring and Integration Charges, Net 

Restructuring charges, net primarily include costs incurred in conjunction with reductions in force or decisions 
to exit facilities, including termination benefits and lease liabilities, net of expected sublease rentals. Integration 
charges represent the activities related to the re-hiring and retraining of the agents, the consolidation of facilities, 
the transfer of IT systems and other duplicative expenses incurred as the acquisitions are fully integrated. 

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  includes  interest  expense,  amortization  of  debt  issuance  costs  associated  with  our  Credit 
Facility, and the accretion of deferred payments associated with our acquisitions. 

Other Income 

The main components of other income are miscellaneous income not directly related to our operating activities, 
such as foreign exchange gains and reductions in our contingent consideration. 

Other Expenses 

The main components of other expenses are expenditures not directly related to our operating activities, such 
as foreign exchange losses and increases in our contingent consideration. 

32 

 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to December 31, 2018 

The  tables  included  in  the  following  sections  are  presented  to  facilitate  an  understanding  of  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and present certain information by 
segment  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018  (amounts  in  thousands).  All  inter-company 
transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated. 

TTEC Digital 

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

  Year Ended December 31,   

2019 

  $  305,346  
 38,927  

2018 
$  238,799  
 33,054  

     $ Change     % Change    
 27.9 %  
 17.8 %  

$  66,547   
 5,873   

 12.7 %   

 13.8 %     

The increase in revenue for the TTEC Digital segment was related to significant increases in the cloud platform 
and the systems integration practice including a large multi-year governmental contract and increases in the 
digital  learning  and  insights  practices,  offset  by  reductions  in  both  the  legacy  facilitation  based  training  and 
lower volumes in the Middle East business, which the Company is in the process of winding down. 

The  operating  income  expansion  is  primarily  attributable  to  the  revenue  growth,  improved  utilization  of 
technology and people assets as the business scales its cloud and system integration revenue. The operating 
income increase was offset by investments in sales and marketing and a $2.0 million impairment of intangible 
and other long-lived assets related to the facilitation component of this segment. The operating income as a 
percentage of revenue decreased  slightly to  12.7% in 2019 as compared  to 13.8% in 2018. Included  in  the 
operating income was amortization related to acquired intangibles of $2.6 million and $2.5 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

TTEC Engage 

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

  Year Ended December 31, 

2019 

  $  1,338,358  
 84,782  

2018 
$  1,270,372  
 59,000  

     $ Change     % Change    
 5.4 %  
 43.7 %  

$  67,986   
    25,782   

 6.3 %     

 4.6 %     

The increase in revenue for the TTEC Engage segment was due to a net increase of $172.2 million in client 
programs including noteworthy increases in the customer growth, @home and fraud detection and prevention 
offerings as well as our automotive and hypergrowth born digital sectors, our acquisition of FCR, and a $1.6 
million  increase  due  to  foreign  currency  fluctuations.  This  increase  was  offset  by  decreases  for  program 
completions of $88.0 million, a $17.9 million reduction due to the initial adoption of ASC 606 related to revenue 
in 2018.  

The operating income increased in line with the improved revenue, pricing increases related to rising wages, 
lower  healthcare  costs,  improved  profitability  in  our  customer  growth,  @home  and  fraud  detection  and 
prevention  offerings  and  our  automotive  and  hypergrowth  client  portfolios,  and  a  $6.4  million  volume 
commitment  payment.  Additionally,  the  operating  income  was  positively  affected  by  $6.7  million  of  foreign 
currency fluctuations and negatively impacted by an $9.8 million decrease due to the initial adoption of ASC 
606  in  2018.  As  a  result,  the  operating  income  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  increased  to  6.3%  in  2019  as 
compared to 4.6% in the prior period. Included in the operating income was amortization expense related to 
acquired  intangibles  of  $9.0  million  and  $8.2  million  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Interest Income (Expense) 

Interest income decreased to $1.9 million in 2019 from $4.5 million in 2018 due to lower average cash balances. 
Interest expense decreased to $19.1 million during 2019 from $28.7 million during 2018, primarily due to lower 
utilization of the line of credit, and a $5.3 million reduction in the charge related to the future purchase of the 
remaining 30% interest in Motif versus the prior year. 

Other Income (Expense), Net 

Included in the year ended December 31, 2019 was a $2.4 million benefit related to the fair value adjustment 
of contingent consideration for an acquisition, a $1.4 million benefit on recovery of receivables in connection 
with the consulting business that we are winding down, a $1.4 million benefit related to royalty payments in 
connection with the sale of a business, and a $0.7 million benefit on the sale of trademarks. 

Included in the year ended December 31, 2018 was a $15.6 million impairment of the full value of an equity 
investment and a related bridge loan, a net $1.6 million loss related to a business unit which was classified as 
assets held for sale but was reclassified to assets held and used at  December 31, 2018, a $2.0 million gain 
related to royalty payments in connection with the sale of  a business unit,  a $0.7 million gain related to the 
bargain purchase for the Percepta acquisition closed on March 31, 2018, and a $0.3 million benefit related to a 
fair value adjustment of the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets 
for one of our acquisitions. 

For further information on the above items, see Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements, Note 2 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.  

Income Taxes 

The reported effective tax rate for 2019 was 23.3% as compared to 29.3% for 2018. The effective tax rate for 
2019 was impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $0.7 million 
of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, a $1.7 million benefit related to provision to return 
adjustments, a $2.8 million benefit related to tax rate changes, $4.5 million of expense related to changes in 
valuation allowances, a $0.9 million benefit related to restructuring charges, and $0.3 million of other benefits. 
Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019 would have been 22.9%.  

For the year ended December 31, 2018, our effective tax rate was 29.3%. The effective tax rate for 2018 was 
impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $1.6 million of expense 
related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, a $3.4 million benefit related to provision to return adjustments, 
a $4.2 million benefit related to the impairment of an equity investment, $0.5 million of expense related to the 
disposition of assets, $1.5 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $0.7 million benefit 
related to excess taxes on equity compensation, a $2.1 million benefit related to restructuring charges, and $0.5 
million of other benefits. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 would 
have been 25.6%. 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017  

For a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2017, please see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash generated from operations, our cash and cash equivalents, and 
borrowings  under  our  Credit  Facility.  During  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019,  we  generated  positive 
operating cash flows of $238.0 million. We believe that our cash generated from operations, existing cash and 
cash  equivalents,  and  available  credit  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  expected  operating  and  capital  expenditure 
requirements for the next 12 months. 

34 

 
We  manage  a  centralized  global  treasury  function  in  the  United  States  with  a  focus  on  concentrating  and 
safeguarding our global cash and cash equivalents. While the majority of our cash is held outside the U.S., we 
prefer to hold U.S. Dollars in addition to the local currencies of our foreign subsidiaries. We expect to use our 
offshore cash to support working capital and growth of our foreign operations. While there are no assurances, 
we believe our global cash is protected given our cash management practices, banking partners and utilization 
of diversified, high quality investments. 

In 2018 and 2019, the Company paid dividends from its foreign operations to its U.S. parent in the amount of 
$310 million and $39 million, respectively, which were used to pay down portions of the Credit Facility. 

We have global operations that expose us to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that may positively or 
negatively impact our liquidity. We are also exposed to higher interest rates associated with our variable rate 
debt. To mitigate these risks, we enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts through our cash 
flow hedging program. Please refer to Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, 
Foreign Currency Risk, for further discussion. 

We primarily utilize our Credit Facility to fund working capital, general operations, stock repurchases, dividends, 
and other strategic activities, such as the acquisitions described in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data, Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
we had borrowings of $290.0 million and $282.0 million, respectively, under our Credit Facility, and our average 
daily  utilization  was  $331.8  million  and  $514.7  million  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively.  After  consideration  for  the  current  level  of  availability  based  on  the  covenant  calculations,  our 
remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $530.0 million as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 
2019, we were in compliance with all covenants and conditions under our Credit Facility. 

The amount of capital required over the next 12 months will depend on our levels of investment in infrastructure 
necessary  to  maintain,  upgrade  or  replace  existing  assets.  Our  working  capital  and  capital  expenditure 
requirements could also increase materially in the event of acquisitions or joint ventures, among other factors. 
These  factors  could  require  that  we  raise  additional  capital  through  future  debt  or  equity  financing.  We  can 
provide  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  raise  additional  capital  with  commercially  reasonable  terms 
acceptable to us. 

The  following  discussion  highlights  our  cash  flow  activities  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019  and 
2018. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

We consider all liquid investments purchased within 90 days of their original maturity to be cash equivalents. 
Our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  totaled  $82.4 million  and  $78.2 million  as  of  December 31,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively. We diversify the holdings of such cash and cash equivalents considering the financial condition 
and stability of the counterparty institutions. 

We reinvest our cash flows to grow our client base, expand our infrastructure, for investment in research and 
development, for strategic acquisitions, and to pay dividends. 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

For the years 2019 and 2018  we reported net cash flows provided by operating activities of $238.0 million and 
$168.3 million, respectively. The increase of $69.6 million from 2018 to 2019 was primarily due to a $23.9 million 
increase in net cash income from operations and a $45.7 million improvement in net working capital.  

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

For  the  years  2019  and  2018,  we  reported  net  cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  of  $162.9 million  and 
$47.6 million, respectively. The net increase in cash used in investing activities from 2018 to 2019 was primarily 
due to a $17.3 million increase in capital expenditures and a $98.3 million increase related to acquisitions.  

35 

 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

For  the  years  2019  and  2018,  we  reported  net  cash  flows  used  in  financing  activities  of  $47.4 million  and 
$102.1 million,  respectively.  The  change  in  net  cash  flows  from  2018  to  2019  was  primarily  due  to  a  $70.0 
million paydown on the line of credit, a $4.6 million payment related to the hold-back for an acquisition, a $3.4 
million increase in dividends paid to shareholders, and a $5.9 million of increased payments on other debt. 

Free Cash Flow 

Free cash flow (see “Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements” below for the definition of free cash flow) was 
$177.2 million and $124.9 million for the years 2019 and 2018, respectively. The increase from 2018 to 2019 
was primarily due to an increase in the net cash from operations offset by higher capital expenditures and higher 
spending on acquisitions.  

Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements 

Free Cash Flow 

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP liquidity measurement. We believe that free cash flow is useful to our investors 
because it measures, during a given period, the amount of cash generated that is available for debt obligations 
and  investments  other  than  purchases  of  property,  plant  and  equipment.  Free  cash  flow  is  not  a  measure 
determined by GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for “income from operations,” “net income,” 
“net cash provided by operating activities,” or any other measure determined in accordance with GAAP. We 
believe this non-GAAP liquidity measure is useful, in addition to the most directly comparable GAAP measure 
of “net cash provided by operating activities,” because free cash flow includes investments in operational assets. 
Free cash flow does not represent residual cash available for discretionary expenditures, since it includes cash 
required for debt service. Free cash flow also includes cash that may be necessary for acquisitions, investments 
and other needs that may arise. 

The following table reconciles net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow for our consolidated 
results (in thousands): 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Less: Purchases of property, plant and equipment 

Free cash flow 

Obligations and Future Capital Requirements 

  Year Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

 $   237,989   $   168,345  
 43,450  
 $   177,213   $   124,895  

 60,776  

Future maturities of our outstanding debt and contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 are summarized 
as follows (in thousands): 

     Less than 

1 Year 

1 to 3 
Years 

3 to 5 
Years 

   Over 5 
  Years 

Total 

Credit Facility(1) 
Equipment financing arrangements 
Purchase obligations 
Operating lease commitments undiscounted) 
Transition tax related to US 2017 Tax Act 
Other debt 
Total 

  $ 

 8,960   $   17,921   $  300,065   $ 
 6,825  
 11,485  
 54,903  
 3,300  
 43,803  

 —   $  326,946  
 15,552  
 —  
 20,146  
 —  
   203,737  
   14,734  
   29,022  
   4,422  
 44,344  
 —  
  $  129,276   $  131,734   $  359,581   $  19,156   $  639,747  

 1,414  
 813  
 42,618  
   14,600  
 71  

 7,313  
 7,848  
 91,482  
 6,700  
 470  

(1) 

Includes estimated interest payments based on the weighted-average interest rate, unused commitment 
fees, current interest rate swap arrangements, and outstanding debt as of December 31, 2019.  

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
     
 
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(cid:120)  Contractual obligations to be paid in a foreign currency are translated at the period end exchange rate. 

(cid:120)  Purchase  obligations  primarily  consist  of  outstanding  purchase  orders  for  goods  or  services  not  yet 
received, which are not recognized as liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets until such goods and/or 
services are received. 

(cid:120)  The  contractual  obligation  table  excludes  our  liabilities  of  $6.8 million  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions 
because  we  cannot  reliably  estimate  the  timing  of  future  cash  payments.  See  Part  II,  Item  8.  Financial 
Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,  Note  10  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further 
discussion. 

Our outstanding debt is primarily associated with the use of funds under our Credit Agreement to fund working 
capital, for strategic acquisitions, to pay dividends and for other cash flow needs across our global operations. 

Purchase Obligations 

Occasionally  we  contract  with  certain  of  our  communications  clients  to  provide  us  with  telecommunication 
services. These clients currently represent approximately 12% of our total annual revenue. We believe these 
contracts are negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and may be negotiated at different times and with different 
legal entities. 

Future Capital Requirements 

We expect total capital expenditures in 2020 to be between 3.6% and 3.8% of revenue. Approximately 65% of 
these expected capital expenditures are to support growth in our business and 35% relate to the maintenance 
of existing assets. The anticipated level of 2020 capital expenditures is primarily driven by new client contracts 
and  the  corresponding  requirements  for  additional  customer  engagement  center  capacity  as  well  as 
enhancements to our technological infrastructure. 

We  may  consider  restructurings,  dispositions,  mergers,  acquisitions  and  other  similar  transactions.  Such 
transactions  could  include  the  transfer,  sale  or  acquisition  of  significant  assets,  businesses  or  interests, 
including joint ventures or the incurrence, assumption, or refinancing of indebtedness and could be material to 
the  consolidated  financial  condition  and  consolidated  results  of  our  operations.  Our  capital  expenditures 
requirements could also increase materially  in the event  of an  acquisition  or joint venture. In addition, as  of 
December 31, 2019, we were authorized to purchase an additional $26.6 million of common stock under our 
stock repurchase program (see Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters 
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities). Our stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date. 

The launch of large client contracts may result in short-term negative working capital because of the time period 
between incurring the costs for training and launching the program and the beginning of the accounts receivable 
collection process. As a result, we may sometimes generate negative cash flows from operating activities. 

Debt Instruments and Related Covenants 

On February 14, 2019, we entered into a Fourth Amendment to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement 
and Amended and Restated Security Agreement originally dated as of June 3, 2013 (collectively the “Credit 
Agreement”) for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank,  
National  Association,  as  agent,  swing  line  and  fronting  lender  (the  “Credit  Facility”).  The  amended  Credit 
Agreement provides for a secured revolving Credit Facility that matures on February 14, 2024. 

Other  than  the  extension  of  the  Credit  Facility’s  maturity  date  and  a  few  material  terms  outlined  below,  the 
material  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility,  including  pricing  and  collateral,  are  substantially  the  same  as  those 
previously disclosed as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015 (“2016 
Credit Facility”). 

37 

 
 
The maximum commitment under the Credit Facility is $900.0 million with an accordion feature of up to $1.2 
billion in the aggregate, if certain conditions are satisfied. The Credit Facility commitment fees are payable to 
the  lenders  as  previously  disclosed  and  as  determined  by  reference  to  our  net  leverage  ratio.  The  Credit 
Agreement contains customary affirmative, negative, and financial covenants, which remained unchanged from 
the 2016 Credit Facility, except that we are now obligated to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio of 3.50 to 
1.00,  and  a  minimum  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  of  2.50  to  1.00.  The  Credit  Agreement  permits  accounts 
receivable factoring up to the greater of $75 million or 25 percent of the average book value of all accounts 
receivable over the most recent twelve month period. 

We primarily utilize our Credit Facility to fund working capital, general operations, dividends, acquisitions, and 
other strategic activities.  

Base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greatest of (i) Wells Fargo’s prime rate, (ii) one half of 1% in 
excess of the federal funds effective rate, or (iii) 1.25% in excess of the one month London Interbank Offered 
Rate (“LIBOR”), plus in each case a margin of 0% to 0.75% based on our net leverage ratio. Eurodollar loans 
bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.0% to 1.75% based on our net leverage ratio. Alternate currency 
loans bear interest at rates applicable to their respective currencies.  

Letter of credit fees are one eighth of 1% of the stated amount of the letter of credit on the date of issuance, 
renewal or amendment, plus an annual fee equal to the borrowing margin for Eurodollar loans.  

Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and is secured 
by security interests (subject to permitted liens) in the U.S. accounts receivable and cash of our Company and 
certain of its domestic subsidiaries. The indebtedness may also be secured by tangible assets of our Company 
and  its  domestic  subsidiaries,  if  borrowings  by  foreign  subsidiaries  exceed  $100.0  million  and  the  total  net 
leverage ratio is greater than 3.00 to 1.00. We also pledged 65% of the voting stock and all of the non-voting 
stock, if any, of certain of our material foreign subsidiaries. 

The  Credit  Facility  also  contains  certain  customary  information  and  reporting  requirements,  and  events  of 
default,  including without limitation events of default  based on payment obligations, material inaccuracies of 
representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross defaults to certain other debt, certain ERISA events, 
changes  in  control,  monetary  judgments,  and  insolvency  proceedings.  Upon  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of 
default, the lenders may accelerate the maturity of all amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility. 

As  of  December 31,  2019  and  2018,  we  had  borrowings  of  $290.0  million  and  $282.0  million,  respectively, 
under  the  Credit  Facility.  During  2019,  2018  and  2017,  borrowings  accrued  interest  at  an  average  rate  of 
approximately 3.4%, 3.1%, and 2.2% per annum, respectively, excluding unused commitment fees. Our daily 
average  borrowings  during  2019,  2018  and  2017  were  $331.8  million,  $514.7  million  and  $494.7  million, 
respectively.  As  of  December 31,  2019,  and  2018,  based  on  the  current  level  of  availability  based  on  the 
covenant calculations, the remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $530.0 million and $360.0 million, 
respectively. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

As of December 31, 2019, we had no transactions that met the definition of off-balance sheet arrangements 
that may have a current or future material effect on our consolidated financial position or operating results. 

38 

 
Client Concentration 

During 2019, none of our clients represented more than 10% of our total annual revenue. Our five largest clients 
accounted for 37%, 35% and 35% of our annual revenue for each of the three years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017, respectively. We have long-term relationships with our top five Engage clients, ranging from 13 
to 23 years, with the majority of these clients having completed multiple contract renewals with us. The relative 
contribution  of  any  single  client  to  consolidated  earnings  is  not  always  proportional  to  the  relative  revenue 
contribution on a consolidated basis and varies greatly based upon specific contract terms. In addition, clients 
may adjust business volumes served by us based on their business requirements. We believe the risk of this 
concentration is mitigated, in part, by the long-term contracts we have with our largest clients. Although certain 
client contracts may be terminated for convenience by either party, we believe this risk is mitigated, in part, by 
the service level disruptions and transition/migration costs that would arise for our clients if they terminated our 
contract for convenience. 

The contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2020 and 2023. Additionally, a particular client may 
have multiple contracts with different expiration dates. We have historically renewed most of our contracts with 
our largest clients, but there can be no assurance that future contracts will be renewed or, if renewed, will be 
on terms as favorable as the existing contracts. 

Cybersecurity 

We have made and continue to make significant financial investments in technologies and processes to mitigate 
cyber risks. We have a number of complex information systems used for a variety of functions ranging from 
services we deliver to our customers to  support for our operations. We depend on the proper functioning of 
these information systems. Like any information system, they are susceptible to cyber-attack. Any cyber-attack 
could impact the availability, reliability, speed, accuracy, or other proper functioning of these systems or result 
in  confidential  data  being  compromised,  which  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our  reputation,  results  of 
operations, and financial condition. Our information systems are protected through physical and technological 
safeguards as well  as backup systems considered appropriate  by  management. We  also  provide employee 
awareness training about phishing, malware, social engineering, and other cyber risks. Further, we have formed 
a  cybersecurity  specific  risk  management  steering  committee  that  meets  periodically  to  fully  coordinate  all 
enterprise  level cybersecurity issues. Our  Board  of Directors and executive  leadership team  are  updated at 
least quarterly on the progress and status of our cybersecurity priorities. We continuously monitor and develop 
our  information  technology  networks  and  infrastructure  to  prevent,  detect,  address,  and  mitigate  the  risk  of 
unauthorized access, distributed denial of service attacks, malware attacks, computer viruses, cyber fraud, and 
other events intended to disrupt information systems, theft of valuable information, or other types of malicious 
events that result in harm to our business. Our investment in cybersecurity is not expected to decrease in the 
foreseeable future, and despite our on-going efforts to improve our cybersecurity, there can be no assurance 
that a sophisticated cyber-attack could be detected or thwarted. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

We discuss the potential impact of recent accounting pronouncements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data, Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Changes in Accounting Principle 

As discussed in Note 1, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 2019 due to the adoption 
of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). 

39 

 
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our consolidated financial position, consolidated results 
of operations, or consolidated cash flows due to adverse changes in financial  and commodity market prices 
and rates. Market risk also includes credit and non-performance risk by counterparties to our various financial 
instruments. We are exposed to market risks due to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange 
rates (as measured against the U.S. dollar), as well as credit risk associated with potential non-performance of 
our counterparty banks. These exposures are directly related to our normal operating and funding activities. 
We enter into derivative instruments to manage and reduce the impact of currency exchange rate changes, 
primarily  between  the  U.S.  dollar/Philippine  peso,  the  U.S.  dollar/Mexican  peso,  and  the  Australian 
dollar/Philippine peso. We enter into interest rate derivative instruments to reduce our exposure to interest rate 
fluctuations associated with our variable rate debt. To mitigate against credit and non-performance risk, it is our 
policy to only enter into derivative contracts and other financial instruments with investment grade counterparty 
financial  institutions  and,  correspondingly,  our  derivative  valuations  reflect  the  creditworthiness  of  our 
counterparties. As of the date of this report, we have not experienced, nor do we anticipate, any issue related 
to derivative counterparty defaults. 

Interest Rate Risk 

We have previously entered into interest rate derivative instruments to reduce  our exposure to  interest rate 
fluctuations associated with our variable rate debt. The interest rate on our Credit Agreement is variable based 
upon  the  Prime  Rate  and  LIBOR  and,  therefore,  is  affected  by  changes  in  market  interest  rates.  As  of 
December 31, 2019, we had $290.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement. Based upon 
average daily outstanding borrowings during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, interest accrued 
at a rate of approximately 3.4% and 3.1% per annum, respectively. If the Prime Rate or LIBOR increased by 
100 basis points, there would be $1.0 million of additional interest expense per $100.0 million of outstanding 
borrowing under the Credit Agreement. 

The Company’s interest rate swap arrangement expired as of May 31, 2017 and no additional swaps have been 
entered into since that time.  

Foreign Currency Risk 

Our subsidiaries in the Philippines, Mexico, India, Bulgaria and Poland use the local currency as their functional 
currency  for  paying  labor  and  other  operating  costs.  Conversely,  revenue  for  these  foreign  subsidiaries  is 
derived  principally  from  client  contracts  that  are  invoiced  and  collected  in  U.S.  dollars  or  other  foreign 
currencies. As a result, we may experience foreign currency gains or losses, which may positively or negatively 
affect our results of operations attributed to these subsidiaries. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 
and  2017,  revenue  associated  with  this  foreign  exchange  risk  was  22%,  23%  and  26%  of  our  consolidated 
revenue, respectively. 

The  following  summarizes  relative  (weakening) strengthening  of  local  currencies  that  are  relevant  to  our 
business: 

Canadian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar 
Philippine Peso vs. U.S. Dollar 
Mexican Peso vs. U.S. Dollar 
Australian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar 
Euro vs. U.S. Dollar 
Philippine Peso vs. Australian Dollar 

  Year Ended December 31, 
      2017 
      2018 

      2019 

 4.5 % 
 3.5 % 
 3.8 % 
 (0.6) % 
 (2.0) % 
 4.0 %   

 (8.6) % 
 (5.1) % 
 0.2 % 
 (10.7) % 

 (4.7) %   
 5.0 %   

 6.6 % 
 (0.8) % 
 5.0 % 
 7.7 % 
 12.1 % 
 (9.2) % 

40 

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
In  order  to  mitigate  the  risk  of  these  non-functional  foreign  currencies  weakening  against  the  functional 
currencies of the servicing subsidiaries, which thereby decreases the economic benefit of performing work in 
these countries, we may hedge a portion, though not 100%, of the projected foreign currency exposure related 
to  client  programs  served  from  these  foreign  countries  through  our  cash  flow  hedging  program.  While  our 
hedging strategy can protect us from adverse changes in foreign currency rates in the short term, an overall 
weakening of the non-functional revenue foreign currencies would adversely impact margins in the segments 
of the servicing subsidiary over the long term. 

Cash Flow Hedging Program 

To reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with forecasted revenue in 
non-functional currencies, we purchase forward and/or option contracts to acquire the functional currency of 
the foreign subsidiary at a fixed exchange rate at specific dates in the future. We have designated and account 
for these derivative instruments as cash flow hedges for forecasted revenue in non-functional currencies. 

While we have implemented certain strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency 
exchange rates, we cannot ensure that we will not recognize gains or losses from international transactions, as 
this is part of transacting business in an international environment. Not every exposure is or can be hedged 
and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts 
for which actual results may differ from the original estimate. Failure to successfully hedge or anticipate currency 
risks properly could adversely affect our consolidated operating results. 

Our  cash  flow  hedging  instruments  as  of  December 31,  2019  and  2018  are  summarized  as  follows  (in 
thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts, except as noted. 

As of December 31, 2019 
Philippine Peso 
Mexican Peso 

As of December 31, 2018 
Philippine Peso 
Mexican Peso 

Local 

  Currency 
Notional 
Amount 
 7,715,000  
 1,299,500  

  U.S. Dollar 

Notional 
Amount 

  % Maturing  
in the next   
  12 months   

 147,654 (1)   
 61,529  
 209,183  

 58.2 %   
 46.9 %   

  $ 

Contracts 
Maturing 
Through 
December 2022   
December 2022   

Local 

  Currency 
Notional 
Amount 
 6,710,000  
 1,091,500  

  U.S. Dollar 

Notional 
Amount 

 130,957 (1)   
 57,708  
 188,665  

   $ 

(1) 

Includes  contracts  to  purchase  Philippine  pesos  in  exchange  for  New  Zealand  dollars  and  Australian 
dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. 

The fair value of our cash flow hedges at December 31, 2019 was an asset (in thousands): 

Philippine Peso 
Mexican Peso 

  Maturing in the  
     December 31, 2019      Next 12 Months   
 929  
 1,315  
 2,244  

 2,517  
 3,157  
 5,674   $ 

  $ 

Our cash flow hedges are valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward and 
spot  foreign  exchange  rates,  implied  volatility,  and  counterparty  credit  risk.  The  fair  value  of  our  cash  flow 
hedges increased by $17.0 million from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. The increase in fair value 
from December 31, 2018 largely reflects a reduction in the total notional value of outstanding cash flow hedges 
and an increase in average hedge exchange rates. 

41 

 
 
 
     
       
 
           
 
          
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
     
 
     
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
We recorded net losses of $4.2 million, $17.5 million, and $22.8 million for settled cash flow hedge contracts 
for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. These losses were reflected in Revenue 
in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss).  If  the  exchange  rates 
between our various currency pairs were to increase or decrease by 10% from current period-end levels, we 
would  incur  a  material  gain  or  loss  on  the  contracts.  However,  any  gain  or  loss  would  be  mitigated  by 
corresponding increases or decreases in our underlying exposures. 

Other  than  the  transactions  hedged  as  discussed  above  and  in  Part  II.  Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data, Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the majority of the transactions of our 
U.S.  and  foreign  operations  are  denominated  in  their  respective  local  currency.  However,  transactions  are 
denominated in other currencies from time-to-time. We do not currently engage in hedging activities related to 
these types of foreign currency risks because we believe them to be insignificant as we endeavor to settle these 
accounts on a timely basis. For the years ended 2019 and 2018, approximately 21% and 23%, respectively, of 
revenue  was  derived  from  contracts  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  Dollar.  Our  results  of 
operations and revenue could be adversely affected if the U.S. Dollar strengthens significantly against foreign 
currencies. 

Fair Value of Debt and Equity Securities 

We did not have any investments in marketable debt or equity securities as of December 31, 2019 or 2018. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements required by this item are located beginning on page F-1 of this report and incorporated 
herein by reference. 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

This Form 10-K includes the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer 
(the “CFO”) required by Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). 
See Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. This Item 9A includes information concerning the controls and control evaluations 
referred to in those certifications. 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are 
designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted 
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in 
SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including 
our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the 
CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as of December 31, 2019, the 
end of the period covered by this Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that 
the Company’s disclosure  controls and  procedures (as defined  in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were effective at the reasonable assurance level. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls 

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, believes that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal 
control over financial reporting, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not 
absolute, assurance that the objectives of internal controls are met. Further, the design of internal controls must 
consider the benefits of controls relative to their costs. Inherent limitations within internal controls include the 
realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple 
error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion 
of two or more people, or by unauthorized override of the control. Over time, control may become inadequate 
because  of  changes  in  conditions  or  deterioration  in  the  degree  of  compliance  with  associated  policies  or 
procedures. While the objective of the design of any system of controls is to provide reasonable assurance of 
the effectiveness of controls, such design is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood 
of  future  events,  and  such  assumptions,  while  reasonable,  may  not  take  into  account  all  potential  future 
conditions. Thus, even effective internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance 
of achieving their objectives. Therefore, because of the inherent limitations in cost effective internal controls, 
misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be prevented or detected. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, 
as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is 
a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures which (a) pertain to 
the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of assets, (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance  with  generally  accepted accounting  principles, (c) provide 
reasonable  assurance  that  receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  appropriate 
authorization  of  management  and  the  Board  of  Directors,  and  (d)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material 
effect on the financial statements. 

In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our management, under the supervision 
and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 based on the framework established in Internal Control 
—  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (“COSO”). As a result of that evaluation, our management concluded that the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019, the end of the period covered by this 
Form 10-K. 

We excluded First Call Resolution, LLC (“FCR”) from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting 
as  of  December  31,  2019  because  this  company  was  acquired  by  the  Company  in  a  purchase  business 
combination in 2019. FCR’s total assets and total revenues represent 12.6%  and 1.2%, respectively,  of the 
related consolidated financial amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been audited by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  their  report, 
which is included herein. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent quarter that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

None. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

43 

 
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information in our 2020 Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed no later than 120 
days after December 31, 2019 (the “2020 Proxy Statement”) regarding our executive officers under the heading 
“Information Regarding Executive Officers” is incorporated herein by reference. We have both the Ethics Code 
for Senior Executive and Financial Officers and the Ethics Code defining rules of conduct for our employees, 
partners  and  suppliers.  Our  Ethics  Code  for  Senior  Executive  and  Financial  Officers  applies  to  our  Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, lead executives of our business segments, Controller, Treasurer, the 
General Counsel, Chief Audit executive, senior financial officers of each operating segment and other persons 
performing similar functions. The Ethics Code defines conduct for all directors, officers, employees, partners 
and suppliers (as applicable). Both the Ethics Code for Senior Executive and Financial Officers and the Ethics 
Code  are  posted  on  our  website  at  www.ttec.com  on  the  Corporate  Governance  page.  We  will  post  on  our 
website any amendments to or waivers under the Ethics Code for Senior Executive and Financial Officers in 
accordance with applicable laws and regulations. 

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to 
the board of directors. The remaining information called for by this Item 10 is incorporated by reference herein 
from our 2020 Proxy Statement. 

The information in our 2020 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information regarding these matters is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, 
Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. Also the information in our 2020 Proxy 
Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The information in our 2020 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANTS FEES AND SERVICES 

The information in our 2020 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this report: 

1.  Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements is set forth on page F-1 of this report. 

2.  Financial Statement Schedules. 

All schedules for TTEC have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present 
in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information is included in 
the respective Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.  Exhibits. 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit  
No. 

Exhibit Description 

3.01** 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. filed 
with the State of Delaware on August 1, 1996 

Incorporated Herein by Reference 
Exhibit 
Form 

  Filing Date 

S-1/A 

3.01 

7/5/1996 

3.03** 

Certificate  of  Amendment  of  Incorporation  of  TTEC  Holdings,  Inc. 
(reflecting name change) with an effective date of January 1, 2018   

3.04** 

Amended and  Restated  Bylaws  of  TTEC  Holdings,  Inc. (reflecting 
name change)  

8-K 

8-K 

3.03 

1/9/2018 

3.04 

1/9/2018 

4.01* 

Description of Securities of TTEC Holdings, Inc. registered pursuant 
to Section 12 of the Securities Act of 1934 

10.06**   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan 

DEF 14A 

A 

  4/12/2010 

10.25** 

Form  of  TTEC  Holdings,  Inc.  Performance  Restricted  Stock  Unit 
Agreement (Executive Committee Members) effective July 5, 2019 

10-Q 

10.25 

8/7/2019 

10.29** 

Form of  TeleTech  Holdings, Inc.  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award 
Agreement (non-executive employees) effective July 1, 2014   

10-K 

10.29 

3/9/2015 

10.30** 

Form of  TeleTech  Holdings, Inc.  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award 
Agreement (Directors and Executive Committee Members) effective 
July 1, 2014 

10-K 

10.30 

3/9/2015 

10.32** 

Independent  Director  Compensation  Arrangements  (effective  May 
2019) 

10-K 

10.32 

3/6/2019 

10.33** 

Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  with  Directors  and  Executive 
Officers 

10-Q 

10.33 

  11/5/2019 

10.40** 

Employment  Agreement  between  Kenneth  D.  Tuchman  and 
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. dated October 15, 2001  

10-K 

10.68 

4/1/2002 

10.41** 

Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  Kenneth  D. 
Tuchman and TeleTech Holdings, Inc. dated December 31, 2008  

10-K 

10.17 

  2/23/2009 

10.60** 

Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Employment  Agreement 
between  Regina  M.  Paolillo  and  TTEC  Services  Corporation 
effective May 1, 2018   

10.82** 

Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Employment  Agreement 
between  Judi  A.  Hand  and  TTEC  Services  Corporation  effective 
May 1, 2018  

10.83** 

Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Employment  Agreement 
between  Martin  F.  DeGhetto  and  TTEC  Services  Corporation 
effective May 1, 2018  

10.86** 

Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Employment  Agreement 
between  Margaret  B.  McLean  and  TTEC  Services  Corporation 
effective December 12, 2018  

10-Q 

10.60 

  5/10/2018 

10-Q 

10.82 

  5/10/2018 

10-Q 

10.83 

  5/10/2018 

10-K 

10.86 

3/6/2019 

10.88** 

Executive  Employment  Agreement  between  Jonathan  Lerner  and 
TTEC Services Corporation effective December 9, 2019  

8-K 

10.88 

  12/11/2019 

45 

 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8-K 

10.1 

6/7/2013 

8-K 

10.90 

  2/16/2016 

8-K 

10.32 

  2/26/2019 

10-Q 

10.97 

  11/8/2017 

10-Q 

10.98 

  11/8/2017 

8-K 

10.99 

  10/29/2019 

10.90** 

10.91** 

10.94** 

10.97** 

10.98** 

10.99** 

Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June 3, 
2013, among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., the foreign borrowers party 
thereto,  the  lenders  party  thereto,  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National 
Association,  as  Administrative  Agent,  Swing  Line  Lender  and 
Fronting Lender, KeyBank National Association, Bank of America, 
N.A., BBVA Compass, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, 
each  as  Documentation  Agent  and  Wells  Fargo  Securities,  LLC, 
KeyBank  National  Association,  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner & 
Smith  Incorporated,  BBVA  Compass  and  HSBC  Bank  USA, 
National Association, as Joint Lead Arrangers  

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and 
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Security Agreement for 
the senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders 
led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line 
and fronting lender. 

Fourth  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement 
and  Restated  Security  Agreement  for  a  senior  secured  revolving 
credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender   

Stock  Purchase  Agreement  of  November  8,  2017  by  and  among 
TeleTech Services Corporation, Motif, Inc. (“Motif”), Kaushal Mehta 
and  Parul  Mehta  (referred  to  collectively  as  the  “Founders”),  the 
shareholders of Motif (other than Founders, referred to as “Sellers”), 
and Outforce LLC (the Seller’s Agent)   

Shareholders’  Agreement  of  November  8,  2017  by  and  among 
TeleTech  Services  Corporation,  the  Founders,  the  Anishi  Mehta 
Irrevocable Trust, the Ishan Mehta Irrevocable Trust, Anishi Mehta 
and Ishan Mehta  

Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated October 26, 2019, 
by  and  among  Ortana  Holdings,  LLC,  an  Oregon  limited  liability 
company,  First  Call  Resolution,  LLC,  an  Oregon  limited  liability 
company,  John  Stadter,  Matthew  Achak,  and  TTEC  Services 
Corporation, a Colorado corporation 

21.1*   List of subsidiaries  

23.1*   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

24.1*   Power of Attorney 

31.1*   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TTEC  

31.2*   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TTEC  

32.1* 

* 

Written  Statement  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  Pursuant 
Section 906  of 
Section 1350) 

to 
the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (18 U.S.C. 

32.2* 

Written Statement of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) 

46 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.INS***   XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH***   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL***   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 

101.LAB***   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE***   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF***   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

*     Filed or furnished herewith. 
**    Identifies exhibit that consists of or includes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 
***  Attached  as  Exhibit 101  to  this  report  are  the  following  documents  formatted  in  XBRL  (Extensible  Business  Reporting  Language): 
(i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

None 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized on  March 4, 
2020. 

SIGNATURES 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. 

By: 

/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN 
Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on 
March 4, 2020, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated: 

Signature 

Title 

/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN 
Kenneth D. Tuchman 

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER 

  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board 

/s/ REGINA M. PAOLILLO 
Regina M. Paolillo 

  PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER 
Chief Financial Officer 

* 
Steven J. Anenen 

* 
Tracy L. Bahl 

* 
Gregory A. Conley 

* 
Robert N. Frerichs 

* 
Marc L. Holtzman 

* 
Ekta Singh-Bushell 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECTOR 

* By /s/ Regina M. Paolillo under Power of Attorney as attached hereto as Exhibit 24.1 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 

2018 and 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Mezzanine Equity for the Years Ended 

December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page No. 
F-2 
F-4 

F-5 

F-6 
F-7 
F-8 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of TTEC Holdings, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TTEC Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries 
(the  “Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of 
comprehensive income (loss), of stockholders’ equity and mezzanine equity, and of cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
“consolidated  financial  statements”).  We  also  have  audited  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in  Internal Control - Integrated Framework 
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and 
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in 
all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019,  based  on 
criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. 

Changes in Accounting Principles 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it 
accounts for leases in 2019 and the manner in which it accounts for revenues from contracts with customers in 
2018. 

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining 
effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control 
over  financial  reporting,  included  in  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting 
appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public 
accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and 
are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws 
and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we 
plan  and  perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of 
material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing 
procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence 
regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included 
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that 
a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

F-2 

 
As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded 
First  Call  Resolution,  LLC  (“FCR”)  from  its  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2019 because it was acquired by the Company in purchase business combinations during 2019. 
We have also excluded FCR from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. FCR is a majority owned 
subsidiary, whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  represent  12.6%  and  1.2%,  respectively,  of  the  related  consolidated 
financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes 
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in 
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; 
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of 
the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  company’s  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial 
statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Denver, Colorado 
March 4, 2020 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007. 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts) 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable, net 
Prepaids and other current assets 
Income and other tax receivables 

Total current assets 

Long-term assets 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
Operating lease assets 
Goodwill 
Deferred tax assets, net 
Other intangible assets, net 
Other long-term assets 
Total long-term assets 
Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND MEZZANINE EQUITY 

Current liabilities 
Accounts payable 
Accrued employee compensation and benefits 
Other accrued expenses 
Income tax payable 
Deferred revenue 
Current operating lease liabilities 
Other current liabilities 
Total current liabilities 

Long-term liabilities 

Line of credit 
Deferred tax liabilities, net 
Non-current income tax payable 
Deferred rent 
Non-current operating lease liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 
Total long-term liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13) 

Redeemable noncontrolling interest 

Stockholders’ equity 

  December 31,   December 31,    

2019 

2018 

  $ 

$ 

 82,407  
 331,096  
 96,287  
 40,035  
 549,825  

 78,237  
 350,962  
 61,808  
 35,470  
 526,477  

  $ 

  $ 

 176,633  
 150,808  
 301,694  
 13,263  
 115,596  
 68,969  
 826,963  
 1,376,788  

 64,440  
 114,165  
 79,171  
 11,307  
 39,447  
 45,218  
 9,541  
 363,289  

 290,000  
 10,602  
 25,208  
 —  
 127,395  
 79,641  
 532,846  
 896,135  

$ 

$ 

 161,523  
 —  
 204,633  
 15,523  
 80,911  
 65,441  
 528,031  
 1,054,508  

 59,447  
 83,437  
 15,963  
 12,325  
 44,926  
 —  
 19,320  
 235,418  

 282,000  
 10,371  
 30,754  
 16,584  
 —  
 126,532  
 466,241  
 701,659  

 48,923  

 —  

Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares outstanding as of 
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 46,488,938 and 46,194,717  
shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Treasury stock at cost: 35,563,315 and 35,857,536 shares as of December 31, 2019 and 
December 31, 2018, respectively 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
Retained earnings 
Noncontrolling interest 

Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity and mezzanine equity 

 —  

—  

 465  
 356,409  

 462  
 353,932  

 (605,314)  
 (106,234)  
 773,218  
 13,186  
 431,730  
 1,376,788  

 (610,177)  
 (124,596)  
 725,551  
 7,677  
 352,849  
 1,054,508  

$ 

  $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Revenue 

Operating expenses 

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented 
separately below) 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Restructuring and integration charges, net 
Impairment losses 

Total operating expenses 

Income from operations 

Other income (expense) 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Other income (expense), net 
Loss on asset held for sale 

Total other income (expense) 

Income before income taxes 

Provision for income taxes 

Net income 

Year Ended December 31,  
2018 
   $  1,643,704   $  1,509,171   $  1,477,365  

2019 

2017 

    1,242,887  
 202,540  
 69,086  
 1,747  
 3,735  
    1,519,995  

   1,157,927  
 182,428  
 69,179  
 6,131  
 1,452  
   1,417,117  

   1,110,068  
 182,314  
 64,507  
 14,665  
 5,322  
   1,376,876  

 123,709  

 92,054  

 100,489  

 1,913  
 (19,113)  
 3,902  
 —  
 (13,298)  

 4,476  
 (28,674) 
 (11,618) 
 —  
 (35,816) 

 2,841  
 (13,734)  
 1,869  
 (2,578)  
 (11,602)  

 110,411  

 56,238  

 88,887  

 (25,677)  

 (16,483) 

 (78,075)  

 84,734  

 39,755  

 10,812  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest 

 (7,570)  

 (3,938) 

 (3,556)  

Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders 

 $ 

 77,164   $ 

 35,817   $ 

 7,256  

Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Net income 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Derivative valuation, gross 
Derivative valuation, tax effect 
Other, net of tax 

Total other comprehensive income (loss) 
Total comprehensive income (loss) 

 $ 

 84,734   $ 

 6,816  
 16,990  
 (4,530)  
 (786)  
 18,490  
 103,224  

 39,755   $ 
 (30,382) 
 11,526  
 (4,058) 
 308  
 (22,606) 
 17,149  

 10,812  
 8,285  
 27,931  
 (11,284)  
 105  
 25,037  
 35,849  

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest 

 (7,698)  

 (3,624) 

 (3,933)  

Comprehensive income attributable to TTEC stockholders 

 $ 

 95,526   $ 

 13,525   $ 

 31,916  

Weighted average shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders 

Basic 
Diluted 

 46,373  
 46,758  

 46,064  
 46,385  

 45,826  
 46,382  

 $ 
 $ 

 1.66   $ 
 1.65   $ 

 0.78   $ 
 0.77   $ 

 0.16  
 0.16  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

 
 
 
    
  
 
       
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Mezzanine Equity 
(Amounts in thousands) 

Stockholders’ Equity of the Company 

      Accumulated            

Other 

  Preferred Stock 
  Shares    Amount    Shares 

  Common Stock 

  Amount   

Stock 

  Treasury 

  Additional 
  Paid-in Capital   

  Comprehensive    Retained 
  Earnings 

Income (Loss) 

  Noncontrolling     
interest 

  Total Equity   

  Mezzanine   
Equity 

—    $  —    
   —    
—   

 46,114   $ 
—  

   —   

 462    $   (603,262)   $ 

 348,739   $ 

 (126,964)   $   735,939    $ 

—  

 7,256   

 6,981    $ 
 3,556   

 361,895    $ 

 10,812   

—   

   —    

—  

   —   

—  

    (21,531)  

 —   

 (21,531)  

 459    $   (615,677)   $ 

 351,725   $ 

 (102,304)   $   721,664    $ 

—  

—  

 —  
—  
—  
 4,913  
 994  
 —  
 (18,322)  
—  

—  

—  

 —  
—  
—  
 (10,313) 
 1,156  
 12,143  
—  
—  

—  
 —  

—  

 —  
—  
—  
 5,252  
 248  
—  
—  

—  
 —  

—  

 —  
—  
—  
 (9,898) 
 (40) 
 12,145  
—  

 —  
 7,908  
 16,647  
—  
—  
—  
—  
 105  

 —   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

 (3,645)  
 377   
—   
—   
—   
 (291)  
—   
 —   
 6,978    $ 

 (3,645)  
 8,285   
 16,647   
 (5,397)  
 2,150   
 11,852   
 (18,328)  
 105   
 362,845    $ 

—  
 —  

 (6,584)  
   35,817   

 —   
 3,938   

 (6,584)  
 39,755   

—  

    (25,346)  

 —   

 (25,346)  

 —  
 (30,068)  
 7,468  
—  
—  
—  
 308  

 —   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

 (2,925)  
 (314)  
—   
—   
—   
 —   
 —   
 7,677    $ 

 (2,925)  
 (30,382)  
 7,468   
 (4,643)  
 208   
 12,145   
 308   
 352,849    $ 

 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

 462    $   (610,177)   $ 

 353,932   $ 

 (124,596)   $   725,551    $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 294  
 —  
 —  
 46,489   $ 

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 3   
 —   
 —   

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 4,863  
 —  
 —  

 465    $   (605,314)   $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 — 

 — 
 — 

 (758)  
 —   
 77,164 

  (28,739) 
 — 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (10,337) 
 12,814  
 —  
 356,409   $ 

 —  
 6,688  
 12,460  
 —  
 —  
 (786)  

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

 (106,234)   $   773,218    $ 

 —   
 —   
 6,969 

 — 
 3,362   

 (758)  
 —   
   84,133 

   (28,739) 
 3,362   

 —   
 48,322   
 601   

 —   
 —   

 (4,950)  
 128   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 13,186    $ 

 (4,950)  
 6,816   
 12,460   
 (5,471)  
 12,814   
 (786)  
 431,730    $ 

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 48,923   

 —   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
 —    $ 

 —   
   —    
   —    
   —    
   —    
   —    
   —    
   —    
 —    

 —  
—  
—  
 298  
 60  
—  
 (610) 
—  
 45,862   $ 

 —   
   —   
   —   
 3   
 —   
   —   
 (6)  
   —   

—   
 —   

   —    
 —   

—  
 —  

   —   
 —   

—   

   —    

—  

   —   

 —  
—  
—  
 318  
 15  
—  
—  
 46,195   $ 

 —   
   —   
   —   
 3   
 —   
   —   
   —   

 —   
 —   
   —    
—   
   —    
—   
   —    
—   
   —    
—   
   —    
—   
—   
   —    
—    $  —    

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —    $ 

 —   
 —    
 —    

 —   
 —    

 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    

Balance as of December 31, 2016 

Net income 
Dividends to shareholders ($0.47 per 
common share) 
Dividends distributed to noncontrolling 
interest 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Derivatives valuation, net of tax 
Vesting of restricted stock units 
Exercise of stock options 
Equity-based compensation expense 
Purchases of common stock 
Other, net of tax 

Balance as of December 31, 2017 

Cumulative effect of adopting accounting 
standard updates 
Net income 
Dividends to shareholders ($0.55 per 
common share) 
Dividends distributed to noncontrolling 
interest 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Derivatives valuation, net of tax 
Vesting of restricted stock units 
Exercise of stock options 
Equity-based compensation expense 
Other, net of tax 

Balance as of December 31, 2018 

Cumulative effect of adopting accounting 
standard updates 
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest 
Net income 
Dividends to shareholders ($0.62 per 
common share) 
Contribution from noncontrolling interest 
Dividends distributed to noncontrolling 
interest 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Derivatives valuation, net of tax 
Vesting of restricted stock units 
Equity-based compensation expense 
Other, net of tax 

Balance as of December 31, 2019 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
     
     
          
 
     
     
          
 
         
 
          
 
 
          
 
          
 
          
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(Amounts in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31,  
2018 

2017 

2019 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Amortization of contract acquisition costs 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Imputed interest expense and fair value adjustments to contingent consideration 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets 
Gain on sale of businesses and dissolution of entity 
Impairment losses 
Impairment on equity investment 
Gain (adjustment) on bargain purchase of a business 
Non-cash loss on assets held for sale reclassified to held and used 
Deferred income taxes 
Excess tax benefit from equity-based awards 
Equity-based compensation expense 
(Gain) loss on foreign currency derivatives 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions: 

Accounts receivable 
Prepaids and other assets 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 
Deferred revenue and other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of acquisitions 
Proceeds from sale of business 
Investments in non-marketable equity investments 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $4,547, $4,530, and $5,997, respectively 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from line of credit 
Payments on line of credit 
Payments on other debt 
Payments of contingent consideration and hold-back payments to acquisitions 
Dividends paid to shareholders 
Payments to noncontrolling interest 
Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Tax payments related to issuance of restricted stock units 
Payments of debt issuance costs 
Purchase of treasury stock 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities 

  $ 

 84,734   $ 

 39,755   $ 

 10,812  

 69,086  
 1,002  
 1,083  
 2,339  
 1,711  
 189  
 —  
 3,735  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (1,376)  
 (1,231)  
 12,814  
 (140)  

 29,608  
 27,413  
 97,268  
 (90,246)  
 237,989  

 382  
 (60,776)  
 —  
 —  
 (102,457)  
 (162,851)  

 69,179  
 3,015  
 992  
 10,217  
 3,679  
 111  
 —  
 1,452  
 15,632  
 (685)  
 1,616  
 (7,975)  
 (635)  
 12,145  
 1,524  

 29,985  
 (30,438)  
 11,713  
 7,063  
 168,345  

 34  
 (43,450)  
 —  
 (2,119)  
 (2,027)  
 (47,562)  

 64,507  
 1,678  
 745  
 51  
 458  
 3,694  
 (908)  
 5,322  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 16,777  
 (2,192)  
 11,852  
 (681)  

 (59,284)  
 (19,266)  
 18,968  
 60,619  
 113,152  

 39  
 (51,958)  
 636  
 (1,384)  
 (116,320)  
 (168,987)  

    1,152,750  
   (1,144,750)  
 (11,855)  
 (5,902)  
 (28,739)  
 (4,950)  
 3,362  
 —  
 (5,471)  
 (1,819)  
 —  
 (47,374)  

    2,162,400  
   (2,224,400)  
 (5,989)  
 (1,349)  
 (25,346)  
 (2,925)  
 —  
 208  
 (4,643)  
 (35)  
 —  
 (102,079)  

    2,293,587  
   (2,166,887)  
 (6,041)  
 (1,409)  
 (21,531)  
 (3,645)  
 —  
 2,150  
 (5,397)  
 (918)  
 (18,328)  
 71,581  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 

 (410)  

 (14,904)  

 3,427  

Increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period 

 27,354  
 78,237  

  $ 

 105,591   $ 

 3,800  
 74,437  
 78,237   $ 

 19,173  
 55,264  
 74,437  

Supplemental disclosures 
Cash paid for interest 
Cash paid for income taxes 

Non-cash investing and financing activities 

Acquisition of long-lived assets through finance leases 
Acquisition of equipment through increase in accounts payable, net 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

 13,108   $ 
 36,316   $ 

 17,456   $ 
 39,984   $ 

 11,727  
 18,813  

 3,731   $ 
 881   $ 

 15,018  

 339   $ 

 9,836  
 97  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(1) 

OVERVIEW AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Overview 

TTEC Holdings, Inc. (“TTEC”, “the Company”) is a leading global customer experience technology and services 
company focused on the design, implementation and delivery of transformative customer experience outcomes 
for many of the world’s most iconic  and  disruptive  brands.  Since  inception  in 1982, the Company  has been 
helping  clients  deliver  frictionless  customer  experiences,  strengthen  their  customer  relationships,  brand 
recognition  and  loyalty  through  personalized  interactions,  significantly  improve  their  Net  Promoter  Score 
("NPS"),  and  lower  their  total  cost  to  serve  by  enabling  and  delivering  simplified,  consistent  and  seamless 
customer experience across channels and phases of the customer lifecycle. TTEC’s 49,500 employees serve 
clients  in  the  automotive,  communication,  financial  services,  government,  healthcare,  logistics,  media  and 
entertainment,  retail,  technology,  transportation  and  travel  industries  via  operations  in  the  United  States, 
Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Costa Rica, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Mexico, 
the  Netherlands,  New  Zealand,  the  Philippines,  Poland,  Singapore,  South  Africa,  Thailand,  the  United  Arab 
Emirates, and the United Kingdom. 

Through the first quarter of 2019, the Company reported its financial results of operations across four segments: 
Customer  Strategy  Services  (“CSS”),  Customer  Technology  Services  (‘CTS”),  Customer  Growth  Services 
(“CGS’) and Customer Management Services (“CMS”). Starting in the second quarter of 2019, the Company 
changed its go-to-market strategy, how its clients evaluate and consume its services, how TTEC assesses its 
operating performance and the leadership accountability for its segments. As a result, the Company now reports 
its financial information based on two segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage. 

(cid:120)  TTEC Digital designs, builds and delivers tech-enabled, insight-based and outcome-driven customer 
experience  solutions  through  our  professional  services  and  suite  of  technology  offerings.  These 
solutions are critical to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for our clients. These services 
were previously included in the CSS and CTS segments. 

(cid:120)  TTEC Engage provides the essential technologies, human resources, infrastructure and processes to 
operate customer care, acquisition, and fraud detection and prevention services. These services were 
previously included in the CGS and CMS segments. 

TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage come together under our unified offering, Humanify™ Customer Experience 
as  a  Service  ("CXaas"),  which  drives  measurable  customer  results  for  clients  through  the  delivery  of 
personalized, omnichannel experiences. Our Humanify™ cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem 
of  Customer  Experience  ("CX")  offerings,  including  omnichannel,  messaging,  AI,  ML,  RPA,  analytics, 
journey 
cybersecurity,  customer 
orchestration.  

("CRM"),  knowledge  management  and 

relationship  management 

Basis of Presentation 

The Consolidated Financial Statements are comprised of the accounts of TTEC, its wholly owned subsidiaries, 
its 55% equity owned subsidiary Percepta, LLC, and its 70% equity owned subsidiary First Call Resolution, LLC 
(see Note 2). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

As of December 31, 2018, one business unit in the Digital segment classified as assets and liabilities held for 
sale as of September 30, 2016, was reclassified as held and used as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. The 
assets and liabilities of the business unit are no longer separately identified as held for sale as of December 
31, 2018 and 2017 (see Note 2). 

Reclassifications 

Current prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. 

F-8 

Table of Contents 

Use of Estimates 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the 
reported amounts of  assets and  liabilities, disclosure  of contingent liabilities at the date  of the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an 
on-going  basis,  the  Company  evaluates  its  estimates  including  those  related  to  derivatives  and  hedging 
activities,  income  taxes  including  the  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets,  self-insurance  reserves, 
litigation  reserves,  restructuring  reserves,  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  contingent  consideration,  and 
valuation  of  goodwill,  long-lived  and  intangible  assets.  The  Company  bases  its  estimates  on  historical 
experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the 
basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ materially 
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

Concentration of Credit Risk 

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivable 
and derivative instruments. Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial. The Company 
regularly monitors its credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures resulting in a loss. 
The  Company  evaluates  the  creditworthiness  of  its  clients  prior  to  entering  into  an  agreement  to  provide 
services and as necessary through the life of the client relationship. The Company does not believe it is exposed 
to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its derivative hedging activities, as the Company diversifies its 
activities across nine investment-grade financial institutions. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Fair values of cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable and debt approximate the carrying amounts 
because of their short-term nature. 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid short-term investments, primarily held in interest-
bearing investments which have original maturities of less than 90 days. Restricted cash includes cash whereby 
the Company’s ability to use the funds at any time is contractually limited or is generally designed for specific 
purposes arising out of certain contractual or other obligations. 

The Company manages a centralized global treasury function in the United States with a focus on concentrating 
and safeguarding its global cash and cash equivalents. While the majority of the Company’s cash is held outside 
the U.S., the Company prefers to hold U.S. Dollars in addition to the local currencies of the foreign subsidiaries. 
The Company believes that it has effectively mitigated and managed its risk relating to its global cash through 
its  cash  management  practices,  banking  partners,  and  utilization  of  diversified,  high  quality  investments. 
However, the Company can provide no assurances that it will not sustain losses. 

The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  reported  in  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets that sum to the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
(in thousands): 

  December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018      December 31, 2017  

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash included in "Prepaid and other current assets" 
Restricted cash included in "Other noncurrent assets" 

Total 

$ 

$ 

 82,407    $ 
 23,172  
 12  
 105,591    $ 

 78,237    $ 
 —  
 —  
 78,237    $ 

 74,437  
 —  
 —  
 74,437  

Accounts Receivable 

An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on the aging of the Company’s accounts receivable, 
historical experience, client financial condition, and management judgment. The Company writes off accounts 
receivable against the allowance when the Company determines a balance is uncollectible. 

F-9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

Derivatives 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  Company  enters  into  foreign  exchange  forward  and  option  contracts  to  reduce  its  exposure  to  foreign 
currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. 
The  Company  also  enters  into  interest  rate  derivatives  which  consist  of  interest  rate  swaps  to  reduce  the 
Company’s  exposure  to  interest  rate  fluctuations  associated  with  its  variable  rate  debt.  Upon  proper 
qualification, these contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The Company formally documents at the 
inception  of  the  hedge  all  relationships  between  hedging  instruments  and  hedged  items  as  well  as  its  risk 
management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedging activities. 

All derivative financial instruments are reported at fair value and recorded in Prepaids and other current assets, 
Other  long-term  assets,  Other  current  liabilities,  and  Other  long-term  liabilities  in  the  accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as applicable for each period end. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments 
designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component 
of  Stockholders’  Equity,  to  the  extent  they  are  deemed  effective.  Ineffectiveness  is  measured  based  on  the 
change in fair value of the forward contracts and the fair value of the hypothetical derivatives with terms that 
match  the  critical  terms  of  the  risk  being  hedged.  Based  on  the  criteria  established  by  current  accounting 
standards, the Company’s cash flow hedge contracts are deemed to be highly effective. Any realized gains or 
losses resulting from the foreign currency cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transaction 
within Revenue.  Any realized gains or losses from the interest rate swaps are recognized in Interest expense. 
Gains and losses from the settlements of the Company’s net investment hedges remain in Accumulated other 
comprehensive income (loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net investment. 

The  Company  also  enters  into  fair  value  derivative  contracts  that  hedge  against  foreign  currency  exchange 
gains and losses primarily associated with short-term payables and receivables. Changes in the fair value of 
derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability hedged, 
with  changes  in  both  the  derivative  instrument  and  the  hedged  asset  or  liability  being  recognized  in  Other 
income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  historical  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization. 
Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. 

Depreciation  and  amortization  are  computed  on  the  straight-line  method  based  on  the  following  estimated 
useful lives: 

Building 
Computer equipment and software    
Telephone equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 
Other 

30 years 
3 to 7 years 
4 to 7 years 
5 years 
   Lesser of economic useful life (typically 10 years) or original lease term 
3 to 7 years 

The Company evaluates the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An asset is considered 
to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of an asset group are estimated to be less than 
its carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the 
asset  group  and  its  fair  value.  Fair  value  estimates  are  based  on  assumptions  concerning  the  amount  and 
timing of forecasted future cash flows. 

Software Development Costs 

The Company capitalizes costs incurred to acquire or develop software for internal use.  Capitalized software 
development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life equal to the lesser 
of the license term or 4 or 7 years depending on the software type. The amortization expense is recorded in 
Depreciation  and  amortization  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income 
(Loss). 

F-10 

 
 
 
     
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

Goodwill 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  Company  evaluates  goodwill  for  possible  impairment  at  least  annually  on  December 1,  and  whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. 
The  Company  uses  a  two  step  process  to  assess  the  realizability  of  goodwill.  The  first  step,  Step  0,  is  a 
qualitative assessment that analyzes current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit. 
For example, the Company analyzes changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, 
cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to 
the fair value of a particular reporting unit.  A qualitative assessment also  includes analyzing the excess fair 
value of a reporting unit over its carrying value from impairment assessments performed in previous years. If 
the qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required. 

If a qualitative assessment indicates that a significant decline to fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than 
not, or if a reporting unit’s fair value has historically been closer to its carrying value, the Company will proceed 
to Step 1 testing where the Company calculates the fair value of a reporting  unit. If Step 1 indicates that the 
carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, the Company will record an impairment equal to 
the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. 

Other Intangible Assets 

The  Company  has  other  intangible  assets  that  include  customer  relationships  (definite-lived),  trade  names 
(definite-lived) and non-compete agreements (definite-lived). Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on 
a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from 3 to 12 years. The Company evaluates 
the carrying value of its definite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. A definite-lived intangible asset is considered to be impaired 
when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of its asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value. 

The Company evaluates indefinite-lived intangible assets for possible impairment at least annually or whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. 
Similar to goodwill, the Company may first use a qualitative analysis to assess the realizability of its indefinite-
lived  intangible  assets.  The  qualitative  analysis  will  include  a  review  of  changes  in  economic,  market  and 
industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if 
there  would  be  a  significant  decline  to  the  fair  value  of  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset.  If  a  quantitative 
analysis is completed, an indefinite-lived intangible asset (i.e. trade name) is evaluated for possible impairment 
by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying value. Fair value is estimated as the discounted value 
of future revenues arising from a trade name using a royalty rate that a market participant would pay for use of 
that trade name. An impairment charge is recorded if the trade name’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair 
value. 

Self Insurance Liabilities 

The Company self-insures  for certain  levels of workers’ compensation and employee  health insurance. The 
Company  records  estimated  liabilities  for  these  insurance  lines  based  upon  analyses  of  historical  claims 
experience. The most significant assumption the Company makes in estimating these liabilities is that future 
claims  experience  will emerge in a similar pattern  with historical claims  experience. The liabilities related to 
workers’ compensation and employee health insurance are included in Accrued employee compensation and 
benefits in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The liability for other general liability insurance is 
included in Other accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

F-11 

Table of Contents 

Restructuring Liabilities 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  Company  routinely  assesses  the  profitability  and  utilization  of  its  customer  engagement  centers  and 
existing markets. In some cases, the Company has chosen to close under-performing customer engagement 
centers and complete reductions in workforce to enhance future profitability. Severance payments that occur 
from reductions  in workforce are  in accordance with  the  Company’s postemployment plans  and/or statutory 
requirements  that  are  communicated  to  all  employees  upon  hire  date;  therefore,  severance  liabilities  are 
recognized  when  they  are  determined  to  be  probable  and  reasonably  estimable.  Other  liabilities  for  costs 
associated  with  an  exit  or  disposal  activity  are  recognized  when  the  liability  is  incurred,  rather  than  upon 
commitment to a plan. 

Asset Retirement Obligations 

Asset  retirement  obligations  relate  to  legal  obligations  associated  with  the  retirement  of  long-lived  assets 
resulting from the acquisition, construction, development and/or normal use of the underlying assets. 

The Company records all asset retirement obligations at estimated fair value. The Company’s asset retirement 
obligations primarily relate to clauses in its customer engagement center operating leases which require the 
Company to return the leased premises to its original condition. The associated asset retirement obligations 
are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the underlying asset and depreciated over the estimated useful 
life of the asset. The liability, reported within Other long-term liabilities, is accreted through charges to operating 
expenses.  If  the  asset  retirement  obligation  is  settled  for  an  amount  other  than  the  carrying  amount  of  the 
liability, the Company recognizes a gain or loss on settlement in operating expenses. 

Income Taxes 

Accounting for income taxes requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future 
income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or 
tax  returns.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  the  difference 
between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the 
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Gross deferred tax assets may then be reduced by a 
valuation allowance for amounts that do not satisfy the realization criteria established by current accounting 
standards. 

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring 
uncertain tax positions. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more 
likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the 
tax benefit as the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with 
the tax authority. The Company evaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is 
based on the consideration of several factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in applicable 
tax  law,  and  settlement  of  issues  under  audit.  The  Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties  related  to 
uncertain  tax  positions  as  a  part  of  the  Provision  for  income  taxes  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

No  changes  in  indefinite  reinvestment  assertion  were  made  during  2019.  The  Company  has  completed  its 
analysis in regard to the full tax impact related to prior changes in indefinite reinvestment reassertion and any 
related taxes have been recorded. No additional income taxes have been provided for any remaining outside 
basis difference inherent in our foreign subsidiaries as these amounts continue to be indefinitely reinvested in 
foreign  operations.  Determination  of  any  unrecognized  deferred  tax  liability  related  to  the  outside  basis 
difference in investments in foreign subsidiaries is not practicable due to the inherent complexity of the multi-
national tax environment in which we operate. 

F-12 

Table of Contents 

Tax Reform 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

In 2017, the United States enacted comprehensive tax reform legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 
(the "2017 Tax Act") that, among other things, reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 
21% and implemented a territorial tax system, but imposed an alternative “base erosion and anti-abuse tax” 
(“BEAT”), and an incremental tax on global intangible low taxed foreign income (“GILTI”) effective January 1, 
2018. In addition, the law imposed a one-time mandatory repatriation tax on accumulated post-1986 foreign 
earnings on domestic corporations effective for the 2017 tax year. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had 
completed the accounting for the tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act and no material adjustment was recorded to 
the 2017 estimate. 

While the Company’s accounting for the recorded impact of the 2017 Tax Act is deemed to be complete, these 
amounts are based on prevailing regulations and current information, and any additional guidance issued by 
the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (“IRS”)  or  the  results  of  an  audit  related  to  these  items,  could  impact  the 
Company’s recorded amounts in future periods. 

The  Company’s  selection  of  an  accounting  policy  with  respect  to  both  the  new  GILTI  and  BEAT  rules  is  to 
compute  the  related  taxes  in  the  period  the  entity  becomes  subject  to  either.  A  reasonable  estimate  of  the 
effects of these provisions has been included in the 2019 and 2018 annual financial statements. 

Revenue Recognition 

2019 and 2018 Revenue 

The Company recognizes revenue from contracts and programs when control of the promised goods or services 
is  transferred  to  the  customers,  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  it  expects  to  be  entitled  to  in 
exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations are satisfied 
by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise in a 
contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. Performance obligation is the unit of accounting 
for revenue recognition under the provisions of ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and 
all related amendments (“ASC 606”). A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance 
obligation in recognizing revenue.  

The  Business  Process  Outsourcing  (“BPO”)  inbound  and  outbound  service  fees  are  based  on  either  a  per 
minute, per hour, per FTE, per transaction  or per call basis, which represents the  majority of our contracts. 
These contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods or services 
is  not  separately  identifiable  from  other  promises  in  the  contracts  and,  therefore,  not  distinct.  For  example, 
services for the training of the Company’s agents (which are separately billable to the customer) are a separate 
promise in the BPO contracts, but they are not distinct from the primary service obligations to transfer services 
to the customers. The performance  of the customer service by the agents is highly dependent on the initial, 
growth, and seasonal training services provided to the agents during the life of a program. The training itself is 
not considered to have value to the customer on a standalone basis, and therefore, training on a standalone 
basis cannot be considered a separate unit of accounting. The Company therefore defers revenue from certain 
training services that are rendered mainly upon commencement of a new client contract or program, including 
seasonal programs. Revenue is also deferred when there is significant growth training in an existing program. 
Accordingly,  recognition  of  initial,  growth,  and  seasonal  training  revenues  and  associated  costs  (consisting 
primarily of labor and related expenses) are deferred and amortized over the period of economic benefit. With 
the exception of training which is typically billed upfront and deferred, the remainder of revenue is invoiced on 
a monthly or quarterly basis as services are performed and does not create a contract asset or liability. 

In  addition  to  revenue  from  BPO  services,  revenue  also  consists  of  fees  from  services  for  program  launch, 
professional consulting, fully-hosted or managed technology and learning innovation services. The contracts 
containing  these  service  offerings  may  contain  multiple  performance  obligations.  For  contracts  with  multiple 
performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation 
using  the  best  estimate  of  the  standalone  selling  price  of  each  distinct  good  or  service  in  the  contract.  The 
primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin approach, under 
which  the  Company  forecasts  its  expected  costs  of  satisfying  a  performance  obligation  and  then  adds  an 
appropriate  margin  for  that  distinct  good  or  service.  The  Company  forecasts  its  expected  cost  based  on 

F-13 

Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

historical data, current prevailing wages, other direct and indirect costs incurred in recently completed contracts, 
market  conditions,  and  other  client  specific  cost  considerations.  For  these  services,  the  point  at  which  the 
transfer  of  control  occurs  determines  when  revenue  is  recognized  in  a  specific  reporting  period.  Within  our 
Digital segment, where there are product sales, the attribution of revenue is recognized when the transfer of 
control is completed and the products are delivered to the client’s location. Where services are rendered to a 
customer,  the  attribution  is  aligned  with  the  progress  of  work  and  is  recognized  over  time  (i.e.  based  on 
measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of a performance obligation using an output method or an 
input method). Where output method is used, revenue is recognized on the basis of direct measurements of 
the  value  to  the  customer  of  the  goods  or  services  transferred  relative  to  the  remaining  goods  or  services 
promised under the contract. The majority of the Company’s services are recognized over time using the input 
method  in  which  revenue  is  recognized  on  the  basis  of  efforts  or  inputs  toward  satisfying  a  performance 
obligation (for example, resources consumed, labor hours expended, costs incurred, or time elapsed) relative 
to the total expected inputs to satisfy the performance obligation. The measures used provide faithful depiction 
of the transfer of goods or services to the customers. For example, revenue is recognized on certain consulting 
contracts based on labor hours expended as a measurement of progress where the consulting work involves 
input  of  consultants’  time.  The  progress  is  measured  based  on  the  hours  expended  over  total  number  of 
estimated  hours  included  in  the  contract  multiplied  by  the  total  contract  consideration.  The  contract 
consideration can be a fixed price or an hourly rate, and in either case, the use of labor hours expended as an 
input measure provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of services to the customers. Deferred revenues for 
these services represent amounts collected from, or invoiced to, customers in excess of revenues recognized. 
This  results  primarily  from  i)  receipt  of  license  fees  that  are  deferred  due  to  one  or  more  of  the  revenue 
recognition criteria not being met, and ii) the billing of annual customer support agreements, annual managed 
service  agreements,  and  billings  for  other  professional  services  that  have  not  yet  been  performed  by  the 
Company. The Company records amounts billed and received, but not  earned,  as deferred revenue. These 
amounts  are  recorded  in  either  Deferred  revenue  or  Other  long-term  liabilities,  as  applicable,  in  the 
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the period over which the Company expects to render 
services. Costs directly associated with revenue deferred, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, 
are also deferred and recognized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract. 

Variable consideration exists in contracts for certain client programs that provide for adjustments to monthly 
billings based upon whether the Company achieves, exceeds or fails certain performance criteria. Adjustments 
to  monthly  billings  consist  of  contractual  bonuses/penalties,  holdbacks  and  other  performance  based 
conditions. Variable consideration is estimated at contract inception at its most likely value and updated at the 
end  of  each  reporting  period  as  additional  performance  data  becomes  available.  Revenue  related  to  such 
variable consideration is recognized only to the extent that a significant reversal of any incremental revenue is 
not considered probable.  

Contract modifications are routine in the performance of the customer contracts. Contracts are often modified 
to account for customer  mandated changes  in the contract specifications or requirements, including service 
level changes. In most instances, contract modifications relate to goods or services that are incremental and 
distinctly identifiable, and, therefore, are accounted for prospectively.   

Incremental Costs to Obtain a Contract 

Direct and incremental costs to obtain or fulfill a contract are capitalized, and the capitalized costs are amortized 
over the corresponding period of benefit, determined on a contract by contract basis. The Company recognizes 
an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects to recover those costs. 
The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that the Company incurs to obtain a customer 
contract that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained. Contract acquisition costs consist 
primarily of payment of commissions to sales personnel and are incurred when customer contracts are signed. 
The deferred sales commission amounts are amortized based on the expected period of economic benefit and 
are classified as current or non-current based on the timing of when they are expected to be recognized as an 
expense.  Costs  to  obtain  a  contract  that  would  have  been  incurred  regardless  of  whether  the  contract  was 
obtained  are  recognized  as  an  expense  when  incurred,  unless  those  costs  are  explicitly  chargeable  to  the 
customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained. Sales commissions are paid for obtaining new clients 
only and are not paid for contract renewals or contract modifications. Capitalized costs of obtaining contracts 

F-14 

Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

are periodically reviewed for impairment. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has a deferred asset of $7.0 
million related to sales commissions. 

In certain cases, the Company negotiates an upfront payment to a customer in conjunction with the execution 
of  a  contract.  Such  upfront  payments  are  critical  to  acquisition  of  new  business  and  are  often  used  as  an 
incentive  to  negotiate  favorable  rates  from  the  clients  and  are  accounted  for  as  upfront  discounts  for  future 
services. Such payments are either made in cash at the time of execution of a contract or are netted against 
the Company’s service invoices. Payments to customers are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and are 
amortized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-
line amortization over the life of the contract. Such payments are considered a reduction of the selling prices of 
the  Company’s  products  or  services,  and  therefore,  are  accounted  for  as  a  reduction  of  revenue  when 
amortized.  Such  capitalized  contract  acquisition  costs  are  periodically  reviewed  for  impairment  taking  into 
consideration ongoing future cash flows expected from the contract and estimated remaining useful life of the 
contract. 

Practical Expedients and Exemptions 

Some of the Company’s service contracts are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. For 
those  contracts,  the  Company  has  utilized  the  practical  expedient  in  ASC  606-10-50-14  exempting  the 
Company  from  disclosure  of  the  transaction  price  allocated  to  remaining  performance  obligations  if  the 
performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less. Also in 
alignment  with  ASC  606-10-50-14,  the  Company  does  not  disclose  the  value  of  unsatisfied  performance 
obligations for contracts for which it recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for 
services performed. Additionally, the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year from transfer 
of  goods  or  services,  as  such,  the  election  could  apply.  Given  the  foregoing,  the  Company  has  elected  the 
practical  expedient  under  ASC  606-10-32-18  to  not  assess  whether  a  contract  has  a  significant  financing 
component.  Pursuant to the Company’s election of the practical  expedient under ASC 606-10-32-2A, sales, 
value  add,  and  other  taxes  that  are  collected  from  customers  concurrent  with  revenue-producing  activities, 
which the Company has an obligation to remit to the governmental authorities, are excluded from revenue. 

2017 and Prior Revenue 

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  the  delivery  of  service  has 
occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. The BPO inbound and outbound 
service fees are based on either a per minute, per hour, per full-time employee, per transaction or per call basis. 
Certain client programs provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether the Company achieves, 
exceeds  or  fails  certain  performance  criteria.  Adjustments  to  monthly  billings  consist  of  contractual 
bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and other performance based contingencies. Revenue recognition is limited to 
the  amount  that  is  not  contingent  upon  delivery  of  future  services  or  meeting  other  specified  performance 
conditions. 

Revenue also consists of services for agent training, program launch, professional consulting, fully-hosted or 
managed  technology  and  learning  innovation.  These  service  offerings  may  contain  multiple  element 
arrangements  whereby  the  Company  determines  if  those  service  offerings  represent  separate  units  of 
accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value and delivery 
or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within the Company’s control. 
If those deliverables are determined to be separate units of accounting, revenue is recognized as services are 
provided. If those deliverables are not determined to be separate units of accounting, revenue for the delivered 
services are bundled into one unit of accounting and recognized over the life of the arrangement or at the time 
all services and deliverables have been delivered and satisfied. The Company allocates revenue to each of the 
deliverables  based  on  a  selling  price  hierarchy  of  vendor  specific  objective  evidence  (“VSOE”),  third-party 
evidence, and then estimated selling price. VSOE is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold 
separately. Third-party evidence is based on largely interchangeable competitor services in standalone sales 
to similarly situated customers. Estimated selling price is based on its best estimate of what the selling prices 
of deliverables would be if they were sold regularly on a standalone basis. Estimated selling price is established 
considering  multiple  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to,  pricing  practices  in  different  geographies,  service 

F-15 

Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

offerings, and customer classifications. Once the Company allocates revenue to each deliverable, it recognizes 
revenue when all revenue recognition criteria are met. 

Periodically,  the  Company  will  make  certain  expenditures  related  to  acquiring  contracts  or  provide  up-front 
discounts for future services. These expenditures are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and amortized in 
proportion  to  the  expected  future  revenue  from  the  contract,  which  in  most  cases  results  in  straight-line 
amortization  over  the  life  of  the  contract.  Amortization  of  these  contract  acquisition  costs  is  recorded  as  a 
reduction to revenue. 

Lease Expense 

The Company has negotiated certain rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations in the base price 
of lease payments over the initial term of its operating leases. The initial term could include the “build-out” period 
of  leases,  where  no  lease  payments  are  typically  due.  The  Company  recognizes  rent  holidays  and  rent 
escalations on a straight-line basis to lease expense over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives are 
recorded as a reduction to the right of use asset and depreciated on a straight line basis over the remaining 
lease term once the assets are placed in service. 

Equity-Based Compensation Expense 

Equity-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is determined based on the 
grant-date fair value net of an estimated forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period 
of the award, which is typically the vesting term of the share-based payment award. The Company estimates 
the forfeiture rate annually based on its historical experience of forfeited awards. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Company’s  foreign  subsidiaries,  whose  functional  currency  is  not  the 
U.S. Dollar, are translated at the exchange rates in effect on the last day of the period and income and expenses 
are  translated  using  the  monthly  average  exchange  rates  in  effect  for  the  period  in  which  the  items  occur. 
Foreign currency translation gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
within  Stockholders’  Equity.  Foreign  currency  transaction  gains  and  losses  are  included  in  Other  income 
(expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606, using the modified retrospective method. The adoption 
of  ASC  606  resulted  in  the  deferral  of  certain  fees  that  had  already  been  recognized  in  prior  periods.  The 
Company recorded a net reduction to opening retained earnings of $10.0 million, net of tax, as of January 1, 
2018 due to the cumulative impact of adopting ASC 606. The ASC 606 adjustments pertain to the timing of 
revenue  recognition  associated  with  upfront  training  fees  on  certain  contracts.  Consistent  with  the  modified 
retrospective method of adoption, the Company has not adjusted prior period amounts which continue to be 
reported in accordance with the Company’s historic revenue accounting policy and principles. 

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 
(“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases”, which amends the existing accounting standards for lease accounting, including 
requiring lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets related to the rights and obligations created 
by  those  leases,  and  making  targeted  changes  to  lessor  accounting.  The  FASB  also  issued  ASU  2018-
10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842 Leases, and ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements to Topic 842 
Leases, which allows the new lease standard to be applied as of the adoption date with a cumulative-effect 
adjustment  to  the  opening  balance  of  retained  earnings  rather  than  a  retroactive  restatement  of  all  periods 
presented.  

F-16 

Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842 as of January 1, 2019 using the effective 
date  as  the  date  of  initial  application.  The  election  allowed  the  Company  to  recognize  the  effects  of  the 
implementation of ASC 842 as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in 
the period of adoption. The Company also made certain assumptions in judgements when applying ASC 842. 
The most significant judgements are as follows: 

1.  The Company elected the package of practical expedients that allowed the Company not to reassess 
(a) whether any expired or existing contracts are leases or contain leases, (b) the lease classification 
for any expired or existing leases, and (c) initial direct costs. 

2.  The  Company  did  not  use  hindsight  during  transition  in  determining  the  lease  term  and  assessing 

impairment of the entity’s right-of-use assets. 

3.  The  Company  elected  to  not  separate  non-lease  components  (which  include  common  area 
maintenance, taxes, and insurance) from the lease components for gross payment real estate leases. 
For  net  payment  real  estate  leases  and  IT  equipment  leases,  the  non-lease  components  are  not 
included in the lease right of use asset and lease liability and instead are reflected as an expense in 
the period incurred. 

4.  The  Company  did  not  apply  the  recognition  requirements  in  ASC  842  for  leases  with  a  term  of  12 

months or less for all asset classes. 

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at contract inception. The key specifics in determining 
if a leasing arrangement exists are as follows: 

1.  Does  the  arrangement  convey  the  right  to  control  the  use  of  an  identified  asset  in  exchange  for 

consideration over a period of time. 

2.  Does the Company obtain the right to substantially all of the asset’s economic benefits. 

The Company predominantly acts as a lessee and is required under the new standard to apply a dual approach, 
classifying  leases  as  either  finance  or  operating  leases  based  on  whether  or  not  the  lease  is  effectively  a 
financed purchase. The determination of the lease type is largely similar to the process the Company utilized 
under  ASC  840.  This  classification  determines  whether  lease  expense  is  recognized  based  on  an  effective 
interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. ASC 842 also requires lessees to record 
a  right  of  use  asset  and  a  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  a  term  of  greater  than  one  year  regardless  of 
classification.  

The adoption of the new standard resulted in the recording of additional net lease assets and lease liabilities of 
$129.9 million and $148.3 million, respectively, as of January 1, 2019. The operating lease assets are lower 
than the operating lease liabilities primarily due to deferred rent balances at the transition date being reclassed 
into the right of use operating assets. On January 1, 2019 the Company recognized a reduction of $0.8 million, 
net of tax, in its retained earnings as a result of recognizing previously impaired right of use assets recorded at 
transition. The standard did not impact our consolidated net earnings or cash flows. See Note 15 for additional 
lease disclosures. 

Other Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements 
to Accounting for Hedging Activities”. ASU 2017-12 amends and simplifies existing guidance for derivatives and 
hedges including aligning accounting with companies’ risk management strategies and increasing disclosure 
transparency regarding both the scope and results of hedging programs. The changes include designation and 
measurement guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results. The ASU is 
effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. 
The Company has adopted the new guidance effective January 1, 2019 and the adoption did not have a material 
impact on the consolidated statements or related disclosures. 

F-17 

Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments  – Credit Losses” (ASC 326), which 
amends the methodology  of how and when companies measure credit losses on financial instruments. The 
objective of the ASU is to provide financial statement users more useful information regarding expected credit 
losses on financial instruments and other commitments. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, 
“Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” which clarifies the scope of 
guidance in ASU 2016-13. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-05, “Financial Instruments – Credit 
Losses  (Topic  326),  Targeted  Transition  Relief”,  which  amended  the  transition  guidance  for  the  new  credit 
losses standard (ASC 326). The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 
15, 2019 with early adoption permitted, using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is finalizing the 
evaluation of effects of adoption on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures with particular 
emphasis on accounts receivable as this will be the most impacted financial line item. 

In December 2019, the FASB issues ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (ASU 740), 
which is intended to simplify various aspects related to income tax accounting. The ASU is effective for interim 
and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted. The Company is 
currently  evaluating  the  potential  effects  of  adoption  on  its  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related 
disclosures. 

(2) 

ACQUISITIONS 

First Call Resolution 

On October 26, 2019, the Company acquired, through its subsidiary TTEC Services Corporation (“TSC”), 70% 
of  the  outstanding  membership  interest  in  First  Call  Resolution,  LLC  (“FCR”),  an  Oregon  limited  liability 
company (“the Transaction”). FCR is a customer care, social networking and business process solutions service 
provider  with  approximately  2,000  employees  based  in  the  U.S.  The  business  has  been  integrated  into  the 
Engage segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC. 

Total cash paid at acquisition was $107.0 million, inclusive of $4.5 million related to cash balances, for the 70% 
membership  interest  in  FCR.  The  Transaction  was  subject  to  customary  representations  and  warranties, 
holdbacks, and a net working capital adjustment. The Transaction included a potential contingent payment with 
a  maximum  value  of  $10.9  million  based  on  FCR’s  2020  EBITDA  performance.  The  Company  finalized  the 
working capital adjustment for $0.4 million during the first quarter of 2020 which will be paid from FCR to TSC 
in March 2020. 

As  of  the  closing  of  the  Transaction,  Ortana  Holdings,  LLC,  an  Oregon  limited  liability  company  (“Ortana”), 
owned by the FCR founders, will continue to hold the remaining 30% membership interest in FCR (“Remaining 
Interest”). Between January 31, and December 31, 2023, Ortana shall have an option to sell to TSC and TSC 
shall have an option to purchase from Ortana the Remaining Interest at a purchase price equal to a multiple of 
FCR’s  adjusted  trailing  twelve  month  EBITDA  for  this  particular  acquisition  and  not  to  compete  with  the 
Company for a period of four years after the disposition of the Remaining Interest. The noncontrolling interest 
was  recorded  at  fair  value  on  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  fair  value  was  based  on  significant  inputs  not 
observable in the market (Level 3 inputs) including forecasted earnings, discount rate of 19.6%, working capital 
requirements and applicable tax rates. The noncontrolling interest was valued at $48.3 million and is shown as 
Redeemable noncontrolling interest in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

The fair value of the contingent consideration has been measured based on significant inputs not observable 
in  the  market  (Level  3  inputs).  Significant  assumptions  include  a  discount  rate  of  16.7%  expected  forecast 
volatility of 20%, an equivalent metric risk premium of 15.1%, risk-free rate of 1.6% and a credit spread of 1.8%. 
Based on these, a $6.5 million expected future payment was calculated. As of the acquisition date, the present 
value of the contingent consideration was $6.1 million. As of December 31, 2019, the value of the contingent 
consideration was $6.1 million and was included in Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. 

F-18 

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the 
acquisition date (in thousands): 

Cash 
Accounts receivable, net 
Prepaid expenses 
Property and equipment 
Other assets 
Operating lease assets 
Tradename 
Customer relationships 
Goodwill 

Accounts payable 
Operating lease liability - short-term 
Accrued employee compensation and benefits 
Accrued expenses 
Operating lease liability - long-term 

Total purchase price 

      Preliminary 
Estimate of 
  Acquisition Date    
Fair Value 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 5,225  
 10,659  
 357  
 6,006  
 224  
 5,127  
 8,600  
 38,540  
 96,993  
 171,731  

 388  
 1,160  
 4,049  
 72  
 3,967  
 9,636  

 162,095  

The  estimates  of  fair  value  of  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  are  preliminary,  pending 
finalization of a valuation and tax returns, thus are subject to revisions that may result in adjustments to the 
values presented above.  

As part of the purchase, an additional net $0.7 million of cash was retained in the entity to pay for certain Ortana 
liabilities that had been recorded prior to the acquisition. 

The FCR customer relationships and tradename have been estimated based on the initial valuation and will be 
amortized over an estimated useful life of 10 and 4 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the FCR 
acquisition is estimated to be attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies 
with Engage. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes. 
The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of FCR are reported within the Engage segment 
from the date of acquisition. 

Strategic Communications Services 

On April 30, 2018, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity securities of Strategic Communications 
Services, Ltd (“SCS”). SCS provides services as a system integrator for multichannel contact center platforms, 
including  CISCO.  The  Company  offers 
information, 
communications  and  contact  center  services  to  leading  brands  throughout  Europe.  This  business  has  been 
integrated into the Company’s Digital segment. 

in-house,  managed  and  outsourced  network, 

Total  cash  paid  at  acquisition  was  £4.4  million  ($6.1  million  USD)  (inclusive  of  $4.5  million  related  to  cash 
balances). The purchase price was subject to customary representations and warranties, indemnities, and a 
net  working  capital  adjustment.  The  agreement  includes  potential  contingent  payments  over  the  next  three 
years with a maximum value of £3.0 million ($4.1 million USD) based on EBITDA performance over the next 
three years. The Company finalized the working capital adjustment for an additional $210 thousand during the 
third quarter of 2018 which was paid in October 2018. 

F-19 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The fair value of the contingent consideration has been measured based on significant inputs not observable 
in the market (Level 3 inputs). Key assumptions include a discount rate of 4.7% and expected future value of 
payments  of  $2.9  million.  The  $2.9  million  of  expected  future  payments  was  calculated  using  probability 
weighted EBITDA assessment with the highest probability associated with SCS achieving the targeted EBITDA 
for each earn-out year. As of the acquisition date, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $2.7 million. 
During the fourth quarter of 2018 and the second quarter of 2019, $0.3 million and $2.4 million in net benefits, 
respectively, were recorded related to fair value adjustments of the estimated contingent consideration based 
on revised actuals and estimates of EBITDA performance for 2018, 2019 and 2020. The benefits were included 
in Other Income (Expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) in the applicable 
quarters. As of December 31, 2019, the fair value of the contingent consideration was zero.  

The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the 
acquisition date (in thousands): 

Cash 
Accounts receivable, net 
Prepaid expenses 
Customer relationships 
Goodwill 

Accounts payable 
Accrued employee compensation and benefits 
Accrued expenses 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Total purchase price 

  Acquisition Date    
Fair Value 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 4,530  
 985  
 39  
 3,619  
 1,231  
 10,404  

 216  
 27  
 21  
 629  
 893  

 9,511  

In the first quarter of 2019, the Company finalized its valuation of SCS for the acquisition date assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed and determined that no material adjustments to any of the balances were required. 

The SCS customer relationships are being amortized over a useful life of 10 years. The goodwill recognized 
from the SCS acquisition is attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies with 
Digital. None of the tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes. 
The acquired  goodwill  and intangibles and  operating  results of SCS  are reported within  the  Digital segment 
from the date of acquisition. 

Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Concierge 

On  March  31,  2018,  the  Company,  through  its  subsidiary  Percepta,  acquired  certain  assets  from  Berkshire 
Hathaway Specialty Concierge, LLC (“BH”) related to a customer engagement center and the related customer 
contracts. This acquisition is being accounted for as a business combination. These assets will be integrated 
into the Company’s Engage segment. 

The total cash paid was $1. In connection with the purchase, Percepta assumed the lease for the customer 
engagement center and entered into a transitional services agreement with BH to facilitate the transfer of the 
employees  and  business.  Fair  values  were  assigned  to  each  purchased  asset  including  $257  thousand  for 
customer relationships, $330 thousand as a lease subsidy and $98 thousand for fixed assets. Based on the $1 
purchase price, a gain on purchase of $685 thousand was recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2018 and 
was included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Financial Impact of Acquired Businesses 

The acquired businesses purchased in 2019 and 2018 noted above contributed revenues of $21.5 million and 
$3.1  million,  and  a  net  income  of  $0.2  million  and  $0.4  million,  inclusive  of  $1.4  million  and  $0.2  million  of 
acquired  intangible  amortization,  to  the  Company  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively.  

The  unaudited  proforma  financial  results  for  the  twelve  months  ended  2019  and  2018  combines  the 
consolidated results of the Company, FCR, SCS, and BH, assuming the acquisitions had been completed on 
January 1, 2018. The reported revenue and net income of $1,509.2 million and $35.8 million would have been 
$1,585.0  million  and  $48.2  million  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2018,  respectively,  on  an 
unaudited proforma basis. 

For 2019, the reported revenue and net income of $1,643.7 million and $77.7 million would have been $1,716.9 
million and $88.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively, on an unaudited proforma basis. 

The  unaudited  pro  forma  consolidated  results  are  not  to  be  considered  indicative  of  the  results  if  these 
acquisitions occurred in the periods mentioned above, or indicative of future operations or results. Additionally, 
the  pro  forma  consolidated  results  do  not  reflect  any  anticipated  synergies  expected  as  a  result  of  the 
acquisition. 

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale 

During the third quarter of 2016, the Company determined that one business unit from the  Engage segment 
and  one  business  unit  from  the  Digital  segment  would  be  divested  from  the  Company’s  operations.  These 
business  units  met  the  criteria  to  be  classified  as  held  for  sale.  The  Company  took  into  consideration  the 
discounted cash flow models, management input based on early discussions with brokers and potential buyers, 
and third-party evidence from similar transactions to complete the fair value analysis as there had not been a 
selling price determined at this point for either unit. For the two business units in Engage and Digital losses of 
$2.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively, were recorded as of December 31, 2016 in Loss on assets held for 
sale in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

For the business unit in Engage, based on further discussion and initial offers, management determined that 
the estimated selling price assumed should be revised and an additional $3.2 million loss was recorded as of 
June 30, 2017 and included in Loss on assets held for sale in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive 
Income (Loss). Effective December 22, 2017, the business unit was sold to The Search Agency (“TSA”) for an 
up-front payment of $245 thousand and future contingent earnout on the one year anniversary of the closing 
date. During the fourth quarter of 2017, a net $0.6 million gain was recorded in Loss on assets held for sale in 
the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

For the business unit in Digital, based on further discussions and the offer at that time, management determined 
that the estimated selling price assumed should be revised and an additional $2.0 million loss was recorded 
during  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2018  and  included  in  Loss  on  assets  held  for  sale  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

As of December 31, 2018, management determined that the business unit in Digital should be reclassified from 
assets held for sale to assets held and used. At this point, a fair value assessment of this specific balance sheet 
was completed and a $0.4 million gain was recorded during the quarter ended December 31, 2018. This gain 
in addition to the $2.0 million loss recorded earlier in 2018 were reclassified to Other Income (Expense), net in 
the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2018. The 
assets and liabilities of the business are no longer separately identified as held for sale on the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the estimated loss on sale recorded during 2016 has 
been reclassified to Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(Loss). 

F-21 

Table of Contents 

Investments 

CaféX 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

In  2015,  the  Company  invested  $9.0  million  in  CaféX  Communications,  Inc.  (“CaféX”),  a  provider  of  omni-
channel  web-based  real  time  communication  (WebRTC)  solutions,  through  the  purchase  of  a  portion  of  its 
outstanding Series B Preferred Stock. During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company invested an additional 
$4.3 million to purchase a portion of the Series C Preferred Stock of CaféX. During the first quarter of 2019, the 
Company purchased a portion of the common shares of CaféX from another investor for $1. At December 31, 
2019, the Company owns 17.8% of the total equity of CaféX. The investment is accounted for under the cost 
method of accounting. The Company evaluates its investments for possible other-than-temporary impairment 
at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances  indicate that the carrying amount of such 
assets may not be recoverable. 

During  the  first  quarter  of  2018,  the  Company  provided  a  $2.1  million  bridge  loan  to  CaféX  which  accrues 
interest at a rate of 12% per year until maturity or conversion, which will be no later than June 30, 2020. 

As of March 31, 2018, the Company evaluated the investment in CaféX for impairment due to a large anticipated 
sale of IP not being completed as planned, a shift in the strategy of the company, an ongoing default by CaféX 
of its loan agreement with its bank, and a lack of potential additional funding options. Based on this evaluation, 
the Company determined that the fair value of its investment was zero and thus the investment was impaired 
as of March 31, 2018. The Company recorded a $15.6 million write-off of the equity investment and the bridge 
loan which was included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(Loss). 

Subsequent Event 

On February 7, 2020, the Company acquired, through its subsidiary TTEC Digital, LLC (“TTEC Digital”), 70% 
of  the  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of  Serendebyte  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (“the  Transaction”). 
Serendebyte  is  an  autonomous  customer  experience  and  intelligent  automation  solutions  provider  with  125 
employees based in India, the United States, and Canada. The business has been integrated into the Digital 
segment. 

Total cash paid at acquisition was $9.0 million. The Transaction is subject to customary representations and 
warranties, holdbacks, and a net working capital adjustment. 

As  of  the  closing  of  the  Transaction,  Serendebyte’s  founder  and  certain  members  of  its  management  will 
continue to hold the remaining 30% interest in Serendebyte, Inc. (“Remaining Interest”). Between January 31, 
2023 and December 31, 2023, Serendebyte’s founder and the management team shall have an option to sell 
to TTEC Digital and TTEC Digital shall have an option to purchase the Remaining Interest at a purchase price 
equal to a multiple of Serendebyte’s adjusted trailing twelve month EBITDA for this particular acquisition. 

As  a  condition  to  closing,  Serendebyte’s  founder  and  certain  members  of  the  management  team  agreed  to 
continue their affiliation with Serendebyte at least through 2023, and the founder agreed not to compete with 
TTEC for a period of four years after the disposition of the Remaining Interest. 

(3) 

SEGMENT INFORMATION 

During the second quarter of 2019, the Company finalized changes to the Company’s operating strategy and 
the way in which the Company assesses performance. In accordance with this change, the Company adjusted 
certain reporting relationships between the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) and other members of 
management, updated the compensation metrics for senior management, and modified the internal financial 
reporting  provided  to  the  CODM  and  his  direct  reports  consistent  with  this  revised  management  and 
measurement  structure.  Accordingly,  during  the  second  quarter  of  2019,  the  Company  reevaluated  the 
definition of the operating segments, reportable segments, and reporting units which resulted in a change to 
the reportable segments. Effective June 30, 2019, the segment information was reported consistent with these 
updated reportable segments comprised of TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage. 

F-22 

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company reports the following two segments: 

(cid:120)  TTEC  Digital  designs,  builds  and  delivers  tech-enabled,  insight-based  and  outcome-driven  customer 
experience solutions through our professional services and suite of technology offerings. These solutions 
are critical to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for our clients. 

o  Technology Services:  Our technology services design, integrate and operate highly scalable, digital 
omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise, or hybrid, including journey orchestration, 
automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity. 

o  Professional Services:  Our management consulting practices deliver customer experience strategy, 

analytics, process optimization, and learning and performance services. 

(cid:120)  TTEC  Engage  provides  the  essential  technologies,  human  resources,  infrastructure  and  processes  to 

operate customer care, acquisition, and fraud detection and prevention services. 

o  Customer  Acquisition  Services:    Our  customer  growth  and  acquisition  services  optimize  the  buying 
journeys  for  acquiring  new  customers  by  leveraging  technology  and  analytics  to  deliver  personal 
experiences that increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers. 

o  Customer  Care  Services:    Our  customer  care  services  provide  turnkey  contract  center  solutions, 
including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and operational 
expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints. 

o  Fraud Prevention Services:  Our digital fraud detection and prevention services proactively identify and 

prevent fraud and provide community content moderation and compliance. 

The  Company  allocates  to  each  segment  its  portion  of  corporate  operating  expenses.  All  intercompany 
transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated. 

The following tables present certain financial data by segment (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 

TTEC Digital 
TTEC Engage 

Total 

  $ 

 305,595   $ 

   1,338,358  
  $  1,643,953   $ 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 

Gross 

  Revenue 

  Intersegment   
Sales 

Net 

  Revenue 

     Depreciation      
& 

Income      
  (Loss) from   
  Amortization    Operations   
 38,927  
 11,216   $ 
 57,870  
 84,782  
 69,086   $   123,709  

 (249)   $ 
 —  

 305,346   $ 

   1,338,358  

 (249)   $  1,643,704   $ 

TTEC Digital 
TTEC Engage 

Total 

  $ 

 239,144   $ 

   1,270,372  
  $  1,509,516   $ 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 

Gross 

  Revenue 

  Intersegment   
Sales 

Net 

  Revenue 

     Depreciation      
& 

Income      
  (Loss) from   
  Amortization    Operations   
 33,054  
 59,000  
 92,054  

 60,365  
 69,179   $ 

 8,814   $ 

 (345)   $ 
 —  

 238,799   $ 

   1,270,372  

 (345)   $  1,509,171   $ 

Gross 

  Revenue 

  Intersegment   
Sales 

Net 

  Revenue 

     Depreciation      
& 

Income      
  (Loss) from   
  Amortization    Operations   
 14,480  
 55,152  
 86,009  
 64,507   $   100,489  

 9,355   $ 

 (337)   $ 

 206,907   $ 

 (19)  

   1,270,458  

 (356)   $  1,477,365   $ 

TTEC Digital 
TTEC Engage 

Total 

  $ 

 207,244   $ 

   1,270,477  
  $  1,477,721   $ 

F-23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
       
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
       
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
       
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

Capital Expenditures 

TTEC Digital 
TTEC Engage 

Total 

Total Assets 

TTEC Digital 
TTEC Engage 

Total 

Goodwill 

TTEC Digital 
TTEC Engage 

Total 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

For the Year Ended December 31,  
2018 

2017 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

 14,397   $ 
 46,379  
 60,776   $ 

 4,833   $ 

 38,617  
 43,450   $ 

 3,018  
 48,940  
 51,958  

2019 

December 31,  
2018 

2017 

 238,081    $ 

 1,138,707  
 1,376,788    $ 

 222,977  $ 
 831,531 

 1,054,508  $ 

 168,106  
 910,630  
 1,078,736  

2019 

December 31,  
2018 

2017 

 66,275    $ 

 235,419  
 301,694    $ 

 66,158   $ 

 138,475 
 204,633  $ 

 65,791  
 143,936  
 209,727  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The following tables present certain financial data based upon the geographic location where the services are 
provided (in thousands): 

As of and for the 
Year Ended December 31,  
2018 

2017 

2019 

Revenue 
United States 
Philippines 
Latin America 
Europe / Middle East / Africa 
Asia Pacific / India 
Canada 
Total 

Property, plant and equipment, gross 
United States 
Philippines 
Latin America 
Europe / Middle East / Africa 
Asia Pacific / India 
Canada 
Total 

Other long-term assets 
United States 
Philippines 
Latin America 
Europe / Middle East / Africa 
Asia Pacific / India 
Canada 
Total 

 $  1,002,524   $ 
 370,395  
 100,117  
 70,613  
 55,554  
 44,501  

 820,597  
 353,122  
 130,082  
 62,597  
 36,715  
 74,252  
 $  1,643,704   $  1,509,171   $  1,477,365  

 862,026   $ 
 351,829  
 109,104  
 67,163  
 57,978  
 61,071  

 $ 

 559,326   $ 
 144,213  
 45,743  
 14,823  
 21,562  
 15,516  

 508,202   $ 
 130,176  
 44,065  
 10,499  
 19,874  
 15,193  

 $ 

 801,183   $ 

 728,009   $ 

 490,110  
 137,683  
 51,451  
 10,280  
 24,592  
 15,912  
 730,028  

 $ 

 $ 

 57,417   $ 

 7,892  
 993  
 993  
 1,422  
 252  
 68,969   $ 

 56,459   $ 

 5,188  
 1,329  
 544  
 1,680  
 241  
 65,441   $ 

 46,029  
 7,753  
 1,475  
 (750)  
 4,326  
 324  
 59,157  

F-24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
      
     
     
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(4) 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS 

Accounts  receivable,  net  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  consists  of  the  following  (in 
thousands): 

Accounts receivable 
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Accounts receivable, net 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

  $   336,548   $   356,554  
 (5,592)  
  $   331,096   $   350,962  

 (5,452) 

Activity in the Company’s Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the following (in thousands): 

Balance, beginning of year 

Provision for doubtful accounts 
Uncollectible receivables written-off 
Effect of foreign currency and other 

Balance, end of year 

December 31, 
      2018 

      2017 

      2019 
  $   5,592   $ 
    1,711  
   (1,311)  
 (540)  

    3,679  
 (429)  
    1,421  

 921   $ 

  $   5,452   $  5,592   $ 

 662  
 458  
 (180)  
 (19)  
 921  

On October 15, 2018, Sears Holding Corporation (“Sears”) announced that it had filed a petition for bankruptcy 
protection in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. As of December 31, 
2019 and 2018, TTEC had approximately $2.7 million in pre-petition accounts receivables outstanding related 
to Sears; during the fourth quarter of 2018 a $2.7 million allowance for uncollectible accounts was recorded and 
included  in  Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated  Statements of Comprehensive 
Income (Loss). TTEC continues to provide post-petition services to Sears and has assessed these receivables 
for collection risk and has determined that these will be collectible. 

Significant Clients 

The  Company  had  no  clients  that  contributed  in  excess  of  10%  of  total  revenue  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2019. The Company has one client that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for the 
year ended December 31, 2018; this client operates in the healthcare industry and is included in the Engage 
segment. The revenue from this client as a percentage of total revenue was as follows: 

      2019 

Year Ended December 31,  
2018 

2017 

Healthcare client 

 8 %   

 10 %   

 7 % 

Accounts receivable from this client was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31,  
2018 

2017 

2019 

Healthcare client 

$ 

 18,385  

$ 

 49,245  

$ 

 56,802  

F-25 

 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company does have clients with aggregate revenue exceeding $100 million annually and the loss of one 
or more of these significant clients could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating 
results, or financial condition. To mitigate this risk, the Company has multiple contracts with these larger clients, 
where each individual contract is for an amount below the $100 million aggregate. To limit the Company’s credit 
risk with its clients, management performs periodic credit  evaluations, maintains allowances for uncollectible 
accounts  and  may  require  pre-payment  for  services  from  certain  clients.  Based  on  currently  available 
information, management does not believe significant credit risk exists as of December 31, 2019. 

Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreement 

On  March  5,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  an  Uncommitted  Receivables  Purchase  Agreement 
(“Agreement”) with Bank of the West (“Bank”), whereby from time-to-time the Company may elect to sell, on a 
revolving  basis,  U.S.  accounts  receivables  of  certain  clients  at  a  discount  to  the  bank  for  cash  on  a  limited 
recourse basis. The maximum amount of receivables that the Company may sell to the Bank at any given time 
shall not exceed $75 million. The sales of accounts receivable in accordance with the Agreement are reflected 
as a reduction of Accounts Receivable, net on the Consolidated Balance sheets. The Company has retained 
no interest in the sold receivables but retains all collection responsibilities on behalf of the Bank. The discount 
on the accounts receivable sold will be recorded within Other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss). The cash proceeds from this Agreement are included in the change in accounts 
receivable within the operating activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. 

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  factored  $52.0  million  of  accounts  receivable;  under  the 
Agreement discounts on these receivables were not material during the quarter. As of December 31, 2019, the 
Company had collected $23.2 million of cash from customers which had not been remitted to the Bank. The 
unremitted  cash  is  Restricted  Cash  and  is  included  within  Prepaid  and  Other  Current  Assets  with  the 
corresponding liability included in Accrued Expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company has 
not  recorded  any  servicing  assets  or  liabilities  as  of  December  31,  2019  as  the  fair  value  of  the  servicing 
arrangement as well as the fees earned were not material to the financial statements. 

(5) 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Land and buildings 
Computer equipment and software 
Telephone equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 
Motor vehicles 
Construction-in-progress and other 

Property, plant and equipment, gross 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Property, plant and equipment, net 

December 31, 

2019 
 32,942   $ 

  $ 

 447,260  
 49,447  
 85,191  
 186,083  
 260  
 -  
 801,183  
    (624,550)  

  $ 

 176,633   $ 

2018 
 33,286  
 411,653  
 45,351  
 74,538  
 161,960  
 90  
 1,131  
 728,009  
 (566,486)  
 161,523  

Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $57.5 million, $58.4 million and 
$57.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Included in the computer equipment and software is internally developed software of $15.3 million net and $11.2 
million net as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(6) 

GOODWILL 

Goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands): 

     Effect of        

  December 31,    Acquisitions /   

  Foreign 

2018 

  Adjustments    Impairments    Currency   

  December 31,   
2019 

TTEC Digital 
TTEC Engage 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

 66,158   $ 

 138,475  
 204,633   $ 

 —   $ 

 96,993  
 96,993   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —   $ 

 117   $ 
 (49) 
 68   $ 

 66,275  
 235,419  
 301,694  

     Effect of        

  December 31,    Acquisitions /   

  Foreign 

2017 

  Adjustments    Impairments    Currency   

  December 31,   
2018 

TTEC Digital 
TTEC Engage 

Total 

Impairment 

  $ 

  $ 

 65,791   $ 

 143,936  
 209,727   $ 

 1,232   $ 

 (125)  

 1,107   $ 

 (865)   $ 

 —   $ 
—  
 —   $   (6,201)   $ 

   (5,336)  

 66,158  
 138,475  
 204,633  

The Company has three reporting units with goodwill and performs a goodwill impairment test on at least an 
annual basis. The Company conducts its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter, or more 
frequently, if indicators of impairment exist.  

For the annual goodwill impairment analysis, the Company elected to perform a Step 1 evaluation for all of its 
reporting  units,  which  includes  comparing  a  reporting  unit’s  estimated  fair  value  to  its  carrying  value.  The 
determination  of  fair  value  requires  significant  judgments  including  estimation  of  future  cash  flows,  which  is 
dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term growth rates for the businesses, the useful lives 
over  which  the  cash  flows  will  occur  and  determination  of  appropriate  discount  rates  (based  in  part  on  the 
Company’s weighted average cost of capital). Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially 
affect the determination of fair value and/or conclusions on goodwill impairment for each reporting unit. As of 
December 1, 2019, the date of the annual impairment testing, the Company concluded that for all three of the 
reporting  units  the  fair  values  were  in  excess  of  their  respective  carrying  values  and  the  goodwill  for  those 
reporting units was not impaired. 

The  process  of  evaluating  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  units  is  highly  subjective  and  requires  significant 
judgment and estimates as the reporting units operate in a number of markets and geographical regions. The 
Company used a market approach and an income approach to determine our best estimates of fair value which 
incorporated the following significant assumptions: 

(cid:120)  Revenue  projections,  including  revenue  growth  during  the  forecast  periods  ranging  from  (19.0)%  to 

10.0%; 

(cid:120)  EBITDA margin projections held relatively flat over the forecast periods ranging from zero to 21.0%; 
(cid:120)  Estimated income tax rates of 24.9% to 27.5%; 
(cid:120)  Estimated capital expenditures ranging from $0.9 million to $47.0 million; and 
(cid:120)  Discount rates ranging from 10% to 14% based on various inputs, including the risks associated with 
the  specific  reporting  units,  the  country  of  operations  as  well  as  their  revenue  growth  and  EBITDA 
margin assumptions. 

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

During the Company’s annual impairment testing as of December 1, 2019, the Company  identified triggering 
events  that  could  lead  to  impairment  of  goodwill  for  the  Digital  Consulting  reporting  unit,  including  lower 
revenues and profits than had been anticipated over the past two years. The carrying value of Digital Consulting 
was  $39.7  million  at  December  1,  2019,  including  approximately  $24.3  million  of  goodwill.  Based  on  the 
Company’s assessment, the estimated fair value of the Digital Consulting reporting unit exceeded its carrying 
value by approximately 26%, but based on additional sensitivity analysis, the amount of cushion could fall to 
0% or below if the performance of the business does not improve as expected.  The estimate of fair value was 
based  on generally accepted valuation techniques and  information available at the date  of the assessment, 
which incorporated management’s assumptions about expected revenues and future cash flows and available 
market information for comparable companies. 

(7) 

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Other  intangible  assets  which  are  included  in  Other  long-term  assets  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets consisted of the following (in thousands): 

     Acquisitions      Effect of        

Customer relationships, gross 
Customer relationships - accumulated 
amortization 
Other intangible assets, gross 
Other intangible assets - accumulated 
amortization 

Other intangible assets, net 

  $ 

Customer relationships, gross 
Customer relationships - accumulated 
amortization 
Other intangible assets, gross 
Other intangible assets - accumulated 
amortization 

Other intangible assets, net 

  $ 

  December 31,     
2018 
 123,527   $ 

  $ 

  Amortization    Impairments    Adjustments   Currency  
 —     $ 

 38,540    $ 

 —   $ 

 (311)  $ 

and 

  Foreign 

  December 31,   
2019 
 161,756  

 (43,223)  
 4,575  

 (11,055)  
 —  

 (423)   
 —    

 —   
 8,600   

 48  
 (13) 

 (54,653)  
 13,162  

 (3,968)  
 80,911   $ 

 (541)  
 (11,596)   $ 

 (170)   
 (593)   $ 

 —   
 47,140   $ 

 10  
 (266)  $ 

 (4,669)  
 115,596  

     Acquisitions      Effect of        

  December 31,   
2017 
 127,431   $ 

  $ 

  Amortization    Impairments    Adjustments    Currency   
 —   $ 

 1,956    $   (5,860)   $ 

 —   $ 

and 

  Foreign 

  December 31,   
2018 
 123,527  

 (35,217)  
 4,784  

 (10,546) 
 —  

 —  
 —  

 1,203   
 —   

    1,337  
 (209)  

 (43,223)  
 4,575  

 (3,913)  
 93,085   $ 

 (212) 
 (10,758)  $ 

 —  
 —   $ 

 —   

 157  

 3,159    $   (4,575)   $ 

 (3,968)  
 80,911  

The acquisitions recorded during 2019 relate to the purchase of FCR (see Note 2 for further information). The 
impairments recorded during 2019 relate to rogenSi intangible assets (see below) 

The acquisitions and adjustments recorded during 2018 relate to the purchase of SCS (see Note 2 for further 
information) and the fair value of the Digital-PRG balance sheet (see below). 

Digital - PRG 

As of December 31, 2018, in connection with reclassifying a business unit from assets held for sale to assets 
held and used, a fair value assessment was completed and it was determined that due to continuing estimated 
losses, the fair value of the customer relationship  balance  was zero. The  Company recorded a $0.7  million 
expense related to a fair value adjustment during the fourth quarter of 2018 which was included in Other income 
(expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

F-28 

 
 
 
 
 
       
 
      
 
      
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
       
 
     
 
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

Digital - rogenSi 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

In  connection  with  reduced  profitability  of  the  rogenSi  component  of  the  TTEC  Digital  segment,  an  interim 
impairment  analysis  was  completed  during  the  second  quarter  of  2019.  The  long-lived  assets  reviewed  for 
impairment consisted of the customer relationship intangible, intellectual property, and right of use assets. The 
Company completed an asset group recoverability evaluation based on the current estimated cash flow based 
on forecasted revenues and operating income using significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 
inputs). Based on this calculation, the Company recorded an impairment expense of  $2.0 million in the three 
months  ended  June  30,  2019,  which  was  included  in  Impairment  losses  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss). As part of the $2.0 million impairment $0.4 million was assigned to the customer 
relationship intangible asset and $0.2 million to the IP intangible asset. At December 31, 2019, the Company 
reviewed the evaluation completed  as of June 30, 2019, and noted no  material changes, thus no additional 
impairment is required. 

Customer relationships are being amortized over the remaining weighted average useful life of 8.2 years and 
other  intangible  assets  are  being  amortized  over  the  remaining  weighted  average  useful  life  of  5.5  years. 
Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $10.5 million, $10.8 million and $7.5 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Expected future amortization of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 is as follows (in thousands): 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 
Total 

(8) 

DERIVATIVES 

Cash Flow Hedges 

      $ 

 14,942 
 14,686 
 14,066 
 13,204 
 11,122 
 47,576 
$   115,596 

The  Company  enters  into  foreign  exchange  related  derivatives.  Foreign  exchange  derivatives  entered  into 
consist of forward and option contracts to reduce the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate 
fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. Upon proper qualification, 
these contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. It is the Company’s policy  to only enter into derivative 
contracts  with  investment  grade  counterparty  financial  institutions,  and  correspondingly,  the  fair  value  of 
derivative assets considers, among other factors, the creditworthiness of these counterparties. Conversely, the 
fair  value  of  derivative  liabilities  reflects  the  Company’s  creditworthiness.  As  of  December 31,  2019,  the 
Company had not experienced, nor does it anticipate, any issues related to derivative counterparty defaults. 
The following table summarizes the aggregate unrealized net gain or loss in Accumulated other comprehensive 
income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands and net of tax): 

Year Ended December 31,  
2018 

2017 

2019 

Aggregate unrealized net gain/(loss) at beginning of period 
Add: Net gain/(loss) from change in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Less: Net (gain)/loss reclassified to earnings from effective hedges 
Aggregate unrealized net gain/(loss) at end of period 

    $ 

    $ 

 (8,278)   $ 
 15,545  
 (3,085)  
 4,182   $ 

 (15,746)   $ 
 20,278  
 (12,810)  

 (8,278)   $ 

 (32,393) 
 31,053  
 (14,406) 
 (15,746) 

F-29 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  Company’s  foreign  exchange  cash  flow  hedging  instruments  as  of  December 31,  2019  and  2018  are 
summarized as follows (in thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts. 

As of December 31, 2019 

Philippine Peso 
Mexican Peso 

Local 

  Currency 
Notional 
Amount 
 7,715,000  
 1,299,500  

  U.S. Dollar 

Notional 
Amount 

  % Maturing 
in the next 
  12 months 

Contracts 
Maturing 
Through 

 147,654 (1)     
 61,529  
 209,183  

 58.2 %     December 2022   
 46.9 %     December 2022   

   $ 

As of December 31, 2018 

Philippine Peso 
Mexican Peso 

Local 

  Currency 
Notional 
Amount 
 6,710,000  
 1,091,500  

  U.S. Dollar 

Notional 
Amount 

 130,957 (1)     

 57,708  
 188,665  

   $ 

(1) 

Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for New Zealand dollars and Australian 
dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. 

Fair Value Hedges 

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to economically hedge against foreign currency 
exchange gains and losses on certain receivables and payables of the Company’s foreign operations. Changes 
in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges are recognized in earnings in Other 
income (expense), net. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the total notional amount of the Company’s forward 
contracts used as fair value hedges was $64.5 million and $70.4 million, respectively. 

Derivative Valuation and Settlements 

The Company’s derivatives as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows (in thousands): 

Designation: 

Derivative contract type: 
Derivative classification: 

December 31, 2019 

Designated 
as Hedging 
Instruments 
Foreign 
Exchange 
Cash Flow 

Not Designated    
as Hedging 
Instruments 
Foreign 
Exchange 
Fair Value 

Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance Sheet: 
Prepaids and other current assets 
Other long-term assets 
Other current liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total fair value of derivatives, net 

  $ 

  $ 

 3,467   $ 
 3,525  
 (1,223)  
 (95)  
 5,674   $ 

 205  
 —  
 (107)  
 —  
 98  

F-30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
       
 
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
  
         
  
   
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

Designation: 

Derivative contract type: 
Derivative classification: 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2018 

Designated 
as Hedging 
Instruments 
Foreign 
Exchange 
Cash Flow 

Not Designated    
as Hedging 
Instruments 
Foreign 
Exchange 
Fair Value 

Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance Sheet: 
Prepaids and other current assets 
Other long-term assets 
Other current liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

  $ 

 814   $ 
 215  
 (8,861)  
 (3,484)  

Total fair value of derivatives, net 

  $ 

 (11,316)   $ 

 60  
 —  
 (104)  
 —  
 (44)  

The effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the 
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows (in thousands): 

Designation: 
Derivative contract type: 
Derivative classification: 

  Year Ended December 31,  

2019 

2018 

  Designated as Hedging   
Instruments 
Foreign Exchange 
Cash Flow 

Amount of gain or (loss) recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss) - 
 effective portion, net of tax 

  $ 

 (3,085)   $ 

 (12,810)  

Amount and location of net gain or (loss) reclassified from Accumulated OCI  
to income - effective portion: 
Revenue 

  $ 

 (4,228)   $ 

 (17,548)  

Designation: 
Derivative contract type: 
Derivative classification: 

Year Ended December 31,  
2018 
2019 

  Not Designated as Hedging Instruments  
Foreign Exchange 
Fair Value 

Amount and location of net gain or (loss) recognized in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss): 
Cost of services 
Other income (expense), net 

 $ 

 —  
 1,773   

$ 

 —  
 (7,436) 

F-31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

(9) 

FAIR VALUE 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  authoritative  guidance  for  fair  value  measurements  establishes  a  three-level  fair  value  hierarchy  that 
prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the use 
of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure 
fair value are as follows: 

Level 1  — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2  — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for 
similar assets and  liabilities in active markets, similar assets and liabilities in markets that 
are not active or can be corroborated by observable market data. 

Level 3  — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant 
to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted 
cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs. 

The following presents information as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 of the Company’s assets and liabilities 
required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the fair value hierarchy used to determine 
their fair value. 

Accounts Receivable and Payable - The amounts recorded in the accompanying balance sheets approximate 
fair value because of their short-term nature. 

Investments – The Company measures investments, including cost and equity method investments, at fair value 
on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The fair values of these 
investments  are  determined  based  on  valuation  techniques  using  the  best  information  available,  and  may 
include market observable inputs and discounted cash flow projections. An impairment charge is recorded when 
the cost of the investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than-temporary. 
As of December 31, 2019, the investment in CaféX Communications, Inc., which consists of the Company’s 
total $15.6 million investment, was fully impaired to zero (see Note 2). 

Debt - The Company’s debt consists primarily of the Company’s Credit Agreement, which permits floating-rate 
borrowings based upon the current Prime Rate or LIBOR plus a credit spread as determined by the Company’s 
leverage  ratio  calculation  (as  defined  in  the  Credit  Agreement).  As  of  December 31,  2019  and  2018,  the 
Company  had  $290.0  million  and  $282.0  million,  respectively,  of  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Credit 
Agreement.  During  2019  and  2018,  borrowings  accrued  interest  at  an  average  rate  of  3.4%  and  3.1%  per 
annum, respectively, excluding unused commitment fees. The amounts recorded in the accompanying Balance 
Sheets approximate fair value due to the variable nature of the debt based on level 2 inputs. 

Derivatives - Net derivative assets (liabilities) are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The portfolio is 
valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward and spot foreign exchange 
rates, interest rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk, including the ability of each party to execute 
its obligations under the contract. As of December 31, 2019, credit risk did not materially change the fair value 
of the Company’s derivative contracts. 

F-32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following is a summary of the Company’s fair value measurements for its net derivative assets (liabilities) 
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 2019 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

     Quoted Prices in      Significant        

  Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Other 

  Significant 

  Observable   Unobservable   

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Inputs 
(Level 3) 

  At Fair Value   
 5,674  
 98  
 5,772  

—   $ 
—  
—   $ 

Cash flow hedges 
Fair value hedges 

Total net derivative asset (liability) 

  $ 

  $ 

—   $ 
—  
—   $ 

 5,674   $ 
 98  
 5,772   $ 

As of December 31, 2018  

Fair Value Measurements Using 

     Quoted Prices in      Significant        

Cash flow hedges 
Fair value hedges 

Total net derivative asset (liability) 

  $ 

  $ 

—   $ 
—  
 —   $ 

 (11,316)   $ 
 (44)  
 (11,360)   $ 

  At Fair Value   
 (11,316)  
 (44)  
 (11,360)  

—   $ 
—  
 —   $ 

  Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Other 

  Significant 

  Observable   Unobservable   

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Inputs 
(Level 3) 

The following is a summary of the Company’s fair value measurements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in 
thousands): 

As of December 31, 2019 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

     Quoted Prices in      

  Active Markets for    Significant Other 

Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

  Observable Inputs   
(Level 2) 

      Significant    
  Unobservable   
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Assets 

Derivative instruments, net 

Total assets 

Liabilities 

Deferred compensation plan liability 
Derivative instruments, net 
Contingent consideration 

Total liabilities 

—   $ 
—   $ 

—   $ 
—  
—  
 —   $ 

 5,772   $ 
 5,772   $ 

—  
—  

 (20,370)   $ 
 —  
 —  
 (20,370)   $ 

—  
—  
 (6,134)  
 (6,134)  

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

F-33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
          
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
          
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

As of December 31, 2018  

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

     Quoted Prices in      

  Active Markets for    Significant Other 

Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

  Observable Inputs   
(Level 2) 

      Significant    
  Unobservable   
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Assets 

Derivative instruments, net 

Total assets 

Liabilities 

Deferred compensation plan liability 
Derivative instruments, net 
Contingent consideration 

Total liabilities 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 

—   $ 
—  
—  
 —   $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 

—  
—  

 (14,836)   $ 
 (11,360)  
—  
 (26,196)   $ 

—  
—  
 (2,363)  
 (2,363)  

Deferred Compensation Plan - The Company maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan structured 
as a Rabbi trust for certain eligible employees. Participants in the deferred compensation plan select from a 
menu of phantom investment options for their deferral dollars offered by the Company each year, which are 
based  upon  changes  in  value  of  complementary,  defined  market  investments.  The  deferred  compensation 
liability represents the combined values of market investments against which participant accounts are tracked. 

Contingent  Consideration  —  The  Company  recorded  contingent  consideration  related  to  the  acquisitions  of 
SCS  and  FCR.  This  contingent  payable  was  recognized  at  fair  value  using  either  a  discounted  cash  flow 
approach or an option valuation model and a discount rate of 4.7% and 16.7%, respectively. The measurements 
were based on significant inputs not observable in the market.  The Company records interest expense each 
period  using  the  effective  interest  method  until  the  future  value  of  these  contingent  payables  reaches  their 
expected  future  value.  Interest  expense  related  to  all  recorded  contingent  payables  is  included  in  Interest 
expense in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

During the fourth quarter of 2018 and the second quarter of 2019, the Company recorded fair value adjustments 
to the contingent consideration associated with the SCS acquisition based on decreased estimates of EBITDA 
which caused the estimated payable to be zero for both future payments. Accordingly, a $0.3 million and a $2.5 
million decrease to the payable were recorded as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively, and 
were  included  in  Other  income  (expense),  net  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income 
(Loss).  As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  expected  future  EBITDA  is  still  below  the  target,  thus  the  contingent 
consideration remains at zero. 

The Company recorded contingent consideration related to a revenue servicing agreement with Welltok in the 
fourth quarter of 2016, in which a maximum of $1.25 million would be paid over eight quarters based on the 
dollar value of revenue earned by the Company. The contingent payable was recognized at fair value of $1.25 
million as of December 31, 2016. Payments totaling $851 thousand were completed during 2017 and the final 
payment of $399 thousand was made during the first quarter of 2018.  

A  rollforward  of  the  activity  in  the  Company’s  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  is  as  follows 
(in thousands): 

  December 31,   
2018 

  Acquisitions    Payments    Adjustments   

Imputed 
Interest / 

  December 31,   
2019 

Welltok 
SCS 
FCR 
Total 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 2,363  
 —  
 2,363   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 6,134  
 6,134   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 (2,363)  
 —  
 (2,363)   $ 

 —  
 —  
 6,134  
 6,134  

F-34 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
     
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

  December 31,   
2017 

  Acquisitions    Payments    Adjustments   

Imputed 
Interest / 

  December 31,   
2018 

Welltok 
SCS 
Total 

  $ 

  $ 

 399   $ 
 —  
 399   $ 

 —   $ 

 2,731  
 2,731   $ 

 (399)   $ 
 —  
 (399)   $ 

 —   $ 

 (368)  
 (368)   $ 

 —  
 2,363  
 2,363  

(10) 

INCOME TAXES 

The sources of pre-tax operating income are as follows (in thousands): 

Domestic 
Foreign 
Total 

Year Ended December 31, 

  $ 

2019 
      2018 
 39,864   $  (13,926)   $ 
 70,547  

 70,164  

  $  110,411   $   56,238   $ 

2017 
 10,909  
 77,978  
 88,887  

In 2017, the United States enacted comprehensive tax reform legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 
(the "2017 Tax Act") that, among other things, reduces the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 
21%  and  implements  a  territorial  tax  system,  but  imposes  an  alternative  “base  erosion  and  anti-abuse  tax” 
(“BEAT”), and an incremental tax on global intangible low taxed foreign income (“GILTI”) effective January 1, 
2018. In addition, the law imposed a one-time mandatory repatriation tax on accumulated post-1986 foreign 
earnings on domestic corporations effective for the 2017 tax year. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had 
completed its analysis of the impacts of the 2017 Tax Act within the measurement period in accordance with 
SAB 118, and no material adjustment was recorded to the 2017 estimate. 

The significant components of this expense  include (i) the remeasurement  of net deferred tax assets at  the 
lower enacted U.S. federal corporate tax rate, (ii) the deemed repatriation tax on unremitted non-U.S. earnings 
and profits that were previously tax deferred and (iii) other miscellaneous tax impacts. 

While the Company’s accounting for the recorded impact of the 2017 Tax Act is deemed to be complete, these 
amounts are based on prevailing regulations and currently available information, and any additional guidance 
issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or the results of an audit related to these items, could impact 
the Company’s recorded amounts in future periods. 

The  Company’s  selection  of  an  accounting  policy  with  respect  to  both  the  new  GILTI  and  BEAT  rules  is  to 
compute  the  related  taxes  in  the  period  the  entity  becomes  subject  to  either.  A  reasonable  estimate  of  the 
effects of these provisions has been included in the 2019 and 2018 annual financial statements. 

No changes in indefinite reinvestment assertion were made during the year. The Company has completed its 
analysis in regard to the full tax impact related to prior changes in indefinite reinvestment reassertion and any 
related taxes have been recorded. No additional income taxes have been provided for any remaining outside 
basis difference inherent in the Company’s foreign subsidiaries as these amounts continue to be indefinitely 
reinvested in foreign operations. Determination of any unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the outside 
basis difference in investments in foreign subsidiaries is not practicable due to the inherent complexity of the 
multi-national tax environment in which the Company operates. 

F-35 

 
       
 
       
 
       
 
     
        
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The components of the Company’s Provision for (benefit from) income taxes are as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

      2019 

      2018 

      2017 

Current provision for (benefit from) 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total current provision for (benefit from) 

Deferred provision for (benefit from) 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total deferred provision for (benefit from) 
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes 

  $ 

 5,289   $ 
 2,826  
    18,938  
    27,053  

 2,771   $  48,556  
 99  
 2,754  
    12,643  
    18,933  
    61,298  
    24,458  

 2,515  
 118  
 (4,009)  
 (1,376)  

    14,441  
 707  
 1,629  
    16,777  
  $  25,677   $   16,483   $  78,075  

 (943)  
 (138)  
 (6,894)  
 (7,975)  

The following reconciles the Company’s effective tax rate to the federal statutory rate (in thousands): 

      2018 

Year Ended December 31,  
      2017 

      2019 
  $  23,186   $  11,810   $   31,110  
 460  
 (924)  
   (14,417)  
 323  
 1,098  
 647  
 1,607  
 142  
 (824)  
 (1,030)  
 (4,798)  
 1,101  
 207  
 3,143  
 (865)  
 —  
  61,569  
 (474)  
  $  25,677   $  16,483   $   78,075  

 2,003  
 2,191  
    (3,758) 
 785  
 (68) 
 615  
 1,105  
 136  
 475  
 (594) 
    (1,748) 
    (1,944) 
 19  
 3,976  
  (1,659) 
   2,110  
 —  
 1,029  

 3,144  
 9,832  
    (3,356) 
 600  
    (2,651) 
 668  
 661  
 36  
 55  
    (1,294) 
    (1,681) 
    (2,848) 
    (1,176) 
 2,172  
  (1,643) 
 978  
 —  
    (1,006) 

  23.30%  

  29.30%  

  87.80%  

Income tax per U.S. federal statutory rate (21%, 21%, 35%) 

State income taxes, net of federal deduction 
Change in valuation allowances 
Foreign income taxes at different rates than the U.S. 
Foreign withholding taxes 
Losses in international markets without tax benefits 
Nondeductible compensation under Section 162(m) 
Liabilities for uncertain tax positions 
Permanent difference related to foreign exchange gains 
(Income) losses of foreign branch operations 
Non-taxable earnings of noncontrolling interest 
Foreign dividend less foreign tax credits 
Decrease (increase) to deferred tax asset - change in tax rate 
State income tax credits 
Foreign earnings taxed currently in U.S. 
Taxes related to prior year filings 
Taxes related to acquisition accounting 
Transition tax 
Other 

Income tax per effective tax rate 

Effective tax rate percentage 

F-36 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets, gross 

Accrued workers compensation, deferred compensation and employee benefits 
Allowance for doubtful accounts, insurance and other accruals 
Amortization of deferred lease liabilities 
Net operating losses 
Equity compensation 
Customer acquisition and deferred revenue accruals 
Federal and state tax credits, net 
Unrealized losses on derivatives 
Impairment of equity investment 
Partnership Investment 
Other 

Total deferred tax assets, gross 

Valuation allowances 

Total deferred tax assets, net 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Depreciation and amortization 
Unrealized gain on derivatives 
Contract acquisition costs 
Intangible assets 
Operating lease assets 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax assets 

  Year Ended December 31,   

2019 

2018 

  $ 

 7,999  
 3,393  
 25,757  
 19,222  
 1,442  
 9,047  
 1,263  
 1,421  
 4,142  
 2,435  
 1,322  
 77,443  
    (17,051)  
 60,392  

 (6,095)  
 (1,491)  
 (5,740)  
    (22,585)  
    (21,413)  
 (407)  
    (57,731)  
 2,661  

  $ 

$ 

 8,724  
 3,301  
 2,614  
 18,475  
 1,348  
 13,894  
 549  
 2,035  
 4,221  
 —  
 1,001  
 56,162  
    (10,867)  
 45,295  

    (15,547)  
 —  
 (8,519)  
    (15,890)  
 —  
 (187)  
    (40,143)  
 5,152  
$ 

Quarterly, the Company assesses the likelihood by jurisdiction that its net deferred tax assets will be recovered. 
Based on the weight of all available evidence, both positive and negative, the  Company records a valuation 
allowance against deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a future tax benefit will not be realized. 

As  of  December 31,  2019  the  Company  had  approximately  $3.9 million  of  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  in  the 
U.S. and $6.6 million of net deferred tax assets related to certain international locations whose recoverability is 
dependent upon their future profitability. As of  December 31, 2019 the deferred tax valuation allowance was 
$17.1 million and related primarily to tax losses in foreign jurisdictions which do not meet the “more-likely-than-
not” standard under current accounting guidance.  

When there is a change in judgment concerning the recovery of deferred tax assets in future periods, a valuation 
allowance is recorded into earnings during the quarter in which the change in judgment occurred. In 2019, the 
Company made adjustments to its deferred tax assets and corresponding valuation allowances. The net change 
to the valuation allowance consisted of the following: a $4.6 million increase related to capital loss carry forwards 
and  other  credit  carry  forwards  not  expected  to  be  utilized  in  Brazil  and  Canada,  a  $2.7  million  increase  in 
valuation  allowance  in  the  United  Kingdom,  Ireland,  Canada,  Luxembourg,  Turkey,  the  United  States  and 
Australia for deferred tax assets that do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard, and a $1.1 million release 
of valuation allowance in Argentina, New Zealand, and the Netherlands and various other jurisdictions related 
to the utilization or write-off of deferred tax assets. 

Activity in the Company’s valuation allowance accounts consists of the following (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

Beginning balance 
Additions of deferred income tax expense 
Reductions of deferred income tax expense 

Ending balance 

      2019 
  $  10,867   $ 
 7,373  
 (1,189)  

      2018 

      2017 

 9,526   $ 
 2,913  
 (1,572)  

 9,949  
 2,044  
 (2,467)  
 9,526  

  $  17,051   $   10,867   $ 

F-37 

 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

As  of  December 31,  2019,  after  consideration  of  all  tax  loss  and  tax  credit  carry  back  opportunities,  the 
Company had tax affected tax loss carry forwards worldwide expiring as follows (in thousands): 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
After 2023 
No expiration 
Total 

      $ 

 1,151 
 5 
 3 
 1,105 
 9,298 
 7,660 
$   19,222 

The Company has been granted “Tax Holidays” as an incentive to attract foreign investment by the governments 
of  the  Philippines  and  Costa  Rica.  Generally,  a  Tax  Holiday  is  an  agreement  between  the  Company  and  a 
foreign government under which the Company receives certain tax benefits in that country, such as exemption 
from taxation on profits derived from export-related activities. In the Philippines, the Company has been granted 
multiple  agreements, with  an initial period  of four years  and additional  periods for varying years, expiring  at 
various  times  between  2020  and  2022.  The  aggregate  benefit  to  income  tax  expense  for  the  years  ended 
December 31,  2019,  2018  and  2017  was  approximately  $8.4 million,  $8.2 million  and  $11.9  million, 
respectively,  which  had  a  favorable  impact  on  diluted  net  income  per  share  of  $0.18,  $0.18  and  $0.26, 
respectively. 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes 

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company has recorded a reserve for uncertain tax positions. The total amount 
of  interest  and  penalties  recognized  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and  Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) as  of  December 31, 2019,  2018  and  2017 was approximately 
$2.1 million, $1.4 million and $1.8 million, respectively. 

The Company had a reserve for uncertain tax benefits, on a net basis, of $4.8 million and $4.8 million for the 
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The liability for uncertain tax positions was unchanged 
during 2019. 

The tabular reconciliation of the reserve for uncertain tax benefits on a gross basis without interest for the three 
years ended December 31, 2019 is presented below (in thousands): 

Balance as of December 31, 2016 

Additions for current year tax positions 
Reductions in prior year tax positions 

Balance as of December 31, 2017 

Additions for current year tax positions 
Reductions in prior year tax positions 

Balance as of December 31, 2018 

Additions for current year tax positions 
Reductions in prior year tax positions 

Balance as of December 31, 2019 

      $ 

$ 

 2,382 
 916 
 — 
 3,298 
 3,600 
 (2,114) 
 4,784 
 — 
 — 
 4,784 

At December 31, 2019, the amount of uncertain tax benefits including interest, that, if recognized, would reduce 
tax expense was $6.8 million. Within the next 12 months, it is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax 
benefits may be reduced by $1.4 million as a result of the expiration of various statutes of limitation or other 
confirmations of tax positions. 

In accordance with ASC 740, during the second quarter of 2018, $1.1 million of liability was released due to the 
closing of statues of limitations. During the third quarter of 2018, $2.0 million of liability was released due to the 
closing of statutes of limitations and changes calculated as allowed under SAB 118 related to the 2017 Tax Act. 
During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company recorded liabilities of $3.6 million related to new uncertain tax 
positions. 

F-38 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries (including Percepta LLC and its domestic and foreign 
subsidiaries) file income tax returns as required in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign 
jurisdictions.  The  following  table  presents  the  major  tax  jurisdictions  and  tax  years  that  are  open  as  of 
December 31, 2019 and subject to examination by the respective tax authorities: 

Tax Jurisdiction 
United States 
Australia 
Brazil 
Canada 
Mexico 
Philippines 

     Tax Year Ended 
2016 to present 
2015 to present 
2014 to present 
2011 to present 
2014 to present 
2016 to present 

The Company’s U.S. income tax returns filed for the tax years ending December 31, 2016 to present, remain 
open tax years. The Company has been notified of the intent to audit, or is currently under audit of, income 
taxes for the United States for tax year 2017, Canada for tax years 2009 and 2010, and the state of New York 
for  tax  years  2015  through  2017.  Although  the  outcome  of  examinations  by  taxing  authorities  are  always 
uncertain, it is the opinion of management that the resolution of these audits will not have a material effect on 
the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.  

(11) 

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES, INTEGRATION CHARGES AND IMPAIRMENT LOSSES 

Restructuring Charges 

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company continued restructuring activities 
primarily  associated with reductions  in the Company’s capacity, workforce  and  related  management  in both 
segments to better align the capacity and workforce with current business needs. 

During 2017, several restructuring activities were completed related to an acquisition including the closure of 
two  delivery  centers  that  came  with  the  acquisition.  During  2017,  a  net  $0.4  million  severance  accrual  was 
recorded  in  relation  to  these  closures.  In  conjunction  with  closing  these  two  delivery  centers,  a  $0.6  million 
termination fee and a $1.4 million net lease liability and applicable expenses were recorded as of December 
31, 2017. These net charges were included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
during the year ended December 31, 2017. During 2018, in connection with one of these delivery centers, an 
early termination option was exercised and a $1.9 million fee was expensed and recorded in Restructuring, net 
in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

During 2018, TTEC determined it would close several other delivery centers in the Engage segment and a net 
$2.9 million was expensed related to early termination fees and cease use lease accruals. These expenses are 
included in the Restructuring and integration charges, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) as of December 31, 2018. 

A summary of the expenses recorded for restructuring and included in Restructuring and integration charges, 
net  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, is as follows (in thousands): 

Reduction in force 

TTEC Digital 
TTEC Engage 

Total 

Year Ended December 31,  

2019 

2018 

2017 

  $ 

  $ 

 141  
 894  
 1,035  

$ 

$ 

 133  
 694  
 827  

$ 

$ 

 149  
 1,012  
 1,161  

F-39 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

Facility exit and other charges 

TTEC Digital 
TTEC Engage 

Total 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Year Ended December 31,  

2019 

2018 

2017 

  $ 

  $ 

 41  
 671  
 712  

$ 

$ 

 —  
 5,304  
 5,304  

$ 

$ 

 169  
 2,050  
 2,219  

A rollforward of the activity in the Company’s restructuring accruals for the years ended  December 31, 2019 
and 2018, respectively, is as follows (in thousands): 

Balance as of December 31, 2017 

Expense 
Payments 
Changes due to foreign currency  
Changes in estimates 

Balance as of December 31, 2018 

Expense 
Payments 
Changes due to foreign currency  
Changes in estimates 
Reclassifications due to ASU 842 implementation 

Balance as of December 31, 2019 

Reduction 
in Force 

  Facility Exit and   
  Other Charges 

Total 

$ 

$ 

 694  
 1,021  
 (937)  
 (169)  
 (193)  
 416  
 1,039  
 (1,145)  
 (55)  
 (4)  
 —  
 251  

$ 

$ 

 1,409  
 5,303  
 (3,480)  
 (6)  
 —  
 3,226  
 712  
 (962)  
 15  
 —  
 (2,917)  
 74  

$ 

$ 

 2,103  
 6,324  
 (4,417)  
 (175)  
 (193)  
 3,642  
 1,751  
 (2,107)  
 (40)  
 (4)  
 (2,917)  
 325  

The remaining restructuring accruals are expected to be paid or extinguished during 2020 and are all classified 
as current liabilities within Other accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Integration Charges 

During  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  of  2017,  as  a  result  of  the  Connextions  acquisition,  certain  integration 
activities  were  completed  and  $5.6  million  and  $3.9  million  of  additional  expenses  were  incurred  and  paid, 
respectively. These integration activities included the hiring, training and licensing of a group of employees at 
new delivery centers as one of the acquired centers was closed during the third quarter of 2017 and one of the 
acquired  centers  was  closed  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017.  In  connection  with  these  center  closures, 
leasehold improvements of $3.5 million were written off as a related integration expense. The Company has 
also incurred significant expenses related to the integration of the IT systems and has paid duplicative software 
costs and facilities expenses for several areas during the transition period. 

Impairment Losses 

During each of the periods presented, the Company evaluated the recoverability of its leasehold improvement 
assets at certain customer engagement centers. An asset is considered to be impaired when the anticipated 
undiscounted future cash flows of its asset group are estimated to be less than the asset group’s carrying value. 
The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its 
fair  value.  To  determine  fair  value,  the  Company  used  Level  3  inputs  in  its  discounted  cash  flows  analysis. 
Assumptions  included  the  amount  and  timing  of  estimated  future  cash  flows  and  assumed  discount  rates. 
During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized impairment losses related to leasehold improvement 
assets of zero, $1.1 million and zero, respectively, in its Engage segment. 

F-40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

(12) 

INDEBTEDNESS 

Credit Facility 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

On February 14, 2019, the Company entered into a Fourth  Amendment to its Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreement originally dated as of June 3, 2013 (collectively 
the “Credit Agreement”) for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells 
Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender (the “Credit Facility”). The amended 
Credit Agreement provides for a secured revolving Credit Facility that matures on February 14, 2024. 

Other  than  the  extension  of  the  Credit  Facility’s  maturity  date  and  a  few  material  terms  outlined  below,  the 
material  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility,  including  pricing  and  collateral,  are  substantially  the  same  as  those 
previously disclosed as part of the Company’s  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 
31, 2015 (“2016 Credit Facility”). 

The maximum commitment under the Credit Facility is $900.0 million with an accordion feature of up to $1.2 
billion in the aggregate, if certain conditions are satisfied. The Credit Facility commitment fees are payable to 
the lenders in an amount equal to the unused portion of the Credit Facility multiplied by a rate per annum as 
determined  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  net  leverage  ratio.  The  Credit  Agreement  contains  customary 
affirmative, negative, and financial covenants, which remained unchanged from the 2016 Credit Facility, except 
that the Company is now obligated to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00, and a minimum 
Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement permits accounts receivable factoring up to the 
greater of $75 million or 25 percent of the average book value of all accounts receivable over the most recent 
twelve month period. 

Base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greatest of (i) Wells Fargo’s prime rate, (ii) one half of 1% in 
excess of the federal funds effective rate, and (iii) 1.25% in excess of the one month London Interbank Offered 
Rate  (“LIBOR”);  plus  in  each  case  a  margin  of  0%  to  0.75%  based  on  the  Company’s  net  leverage  ratio. 
Eurodollar loans bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.0% to 1.75% based on the Company’s net leverage 
ratio. Alternate currency loans bear interest at rates applicable to their respective currencies.  

Letter of credit fees are one eighth of 1% of the stated amount of the letter of credit on the date of issuance, 
renewal or amendment, plus an annual fee equal to the borrowing margin for Eurodollar loans.  

The Company primarily utilizes its Credit Agreement to fund working capital, general operations, dividends, and 
other strategic activities, such as the acquisitions described in Note 2. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the 
Company had borrowings of $290.0 million and $282.0 million, respectively, under its Credit Agreement, and 
its average daily utilization was $331.8 million and $514.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 
2018, respectively. Based on the current level of availability based on the covenant calculations, the Company’s 
remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $530.0 million as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 
2019, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and conditions under its Credit Agreement. 

(13) 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Letters of Credit 

As  of  December 31,  2019,  outstanding  letters  of  credit  under  the  Credit  Agreement  totaled  $3.1 million  and 
primarily guaranteed workers’ compensation and other insurance related obligations. As of December 31, 2019, 
letters  of  credit  and  contract  performance  guarantees  issued  outside  of  the  Credit  Agreement  totaled  $0.5 
million. 

Guarantees 

Indebtedness  under  the  Credit  Agreement  is  guaranteed  by  certain  of  the  Company’s  present  and  future 
domestic subsidiaries. 

F-41 

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Legal Proceedings 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

From time to time, the Company has been involved in legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise 
in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for exposures associated with such legal actions to 
the extent that losses are  deemed both probable and reasonably estimable. To the extent specific reserves 
have not been made for certain legal proceedings, their ultimate outcome, and consequently, an estimate of 
possible loss, if any, cannot reasonably be determined at this time. 

Based  on  currently  available  information  and  advice  received  from  counsel,  the  Company  believes  that  the 
disposition or ultimate resolution of any current legal proceedings, except as otherwise specifically reserved for 
in its financial statements,  will not  have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, cash 
flows or results of operations. 

(14) 

DEFERRED REVENUE AND COSTS 

Deferred revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands): 

December 31, 

Deferred Revenue - Current 
Deferred Revenue - Long-term (included in Other long-term liabilities) 

Total Deferred Revenue 

2018 

      2019 
  $   39,447   $   44,926  
    33,247  
  $   62,589   $   78,173  

    23,142  

Deferred costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands): 

December 31, 

Deferred Costs - Current (included in Prepaids and other current assets) 
Deferred Costs - Long-term (included in Other long-term assets) 

Total Deferred Costs 

2018 

      2019 
  $   26,092   $   23,539  
    34,042  
  $   51,528   $   57,581  

    25,436  

Activity in the Company’s Deferred revenue accounts consists of the following (in thousands): 

Balance as of December 31, 2018 

Additions 
Amortization 

Balance as of December 31, 2019 

(15) 

LEASES 

$ 

 78,173  
 139,021  
    (154,605)  
 62,589  
$ 

The Company adopted ASU 842, Leases, as of January 1, 2019 using the effective date as the date of initial 
application.  As  a  result,  prior  year  financials  were  not  recast  under  the  new  standard  and  therefore,  those 
amounts are not presented. 

Operating leases are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as Operating lease assets, Current operating 
lease liabilities and Non-current operating lease liabilities. Finance leases are included in Property, plant and 
equipment,  Other  current  liabilities  and  Other  long-term  liabilities  in  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  The 
Company primarily leases real estate and equipment under various arrangements that provide the Company 
the  right-of-use  for  the  underlying  asset  that  require  lease  payments  over  the  lease  term.  The  Company 
determines the value of each lease by computing the present value of each lease payment using the interest 
rate implicit in the lease, if available; otherwise the Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate over the 
lease  term.  The  Company  determines  its  incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  its  estimated  credit  risk  with 
adjustments for each individual leases’ geographical risk and lease term. Operating lease assets also include 
prepaid rent, initial direct costs less any tenant improvements. 

F-42 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company’s real estate portfolio typically includes one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that 
generally can extend the lease term from one to 10 years. The exercise of these lease renewal options is at the 
Company’s discretion and is included in the lease term only if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise. 
The  Company  also  has  service  arrangements  whereby  it  controls  specific  space  provided  by  a  third-party 
service provider. These arrangements meet the definition of a lease and are accounted for under ASC 842. 
Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included 
in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company’s lease agreements do not 
contain any material residual value guarantees or restrictive guarantees. 

The components of lease expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 are as follows (in thousands): 

Description 
Amortization of ROU assets - finance leases 
Interest on lease liabilities - finance leases 
Operating lease cost (cost resulting from 
lease payments) 
Operating lease cost (cost resulting from 
lease payments) 
Operating lease cost (cost resulting from 
lease payments) 
Short-term lease cost 
Less: Sublease income 
Less: Sublease income 
Total lease cost 

Location in Statements of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

  Depreciation and amortization 
  Interest expense 

Year Ended  
     December 31, 2019      
  $ 

 7,157  

 141    

  Cost of services 

  Selling, general and administrative 

  Other income (expense), net 
  Cost of services 
  Selling, general and administrative 
  Other income (expense), net 

 47,269  

 3,731  

 968  
 4,338  
 (445)  
 (1,984)  
 61,175  

  $ 

Other  supplementary  information  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  are  as  follows  (dollar  values  in 
thousands): 

Finance lease - operating cash flows 
Finance lease - financing cash flows 
Operating lease - operating cash flows (fixed payments) 
New ROU assets - operating leases 
Modified ROU assets - operating leases 
New ROU assets - finance leases 

Weighted average remaining lease term - finance leases 
Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases 
Weighted average discount rate - finance leases 
Weighted average discount rate - operating leases 

Year Ended  
     December 31, 2019      
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 103  
 10,251  
 51,898  
 15,494  
 46,543  
 6,133  

  December 31, 2019  
2.91 yrs  
4.27 yrs  
1.43%  
7.22%  

F-43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Operating and financing lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities within our Consolidated Balance Sheet 
as of December 31, 2019 and January 1, 2019 (date of adoption of ASU 842) are as follows (in thousands): 

Description 

Location in Balance Sheet 

  January 1, 2019    
  December 31, 2019   (date of adoption)   

Assets 

Operating lease assets 
Finance lease assets 
Total leased assets 

Liabilities 
Current 

Operating 
Finance 
Non-current 
Operating 
Finance 

Total lease liabilities 

Operating lease assets 
Property, plant and equipment, net 

Current operating lease liabilities 
Other current liabilities 

Non-current operating lease liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 150,808   $ 

 18,016  

 168,824   $ 

 129,894  
 18,261  
 148,155  

 45,218   $ 

 7,470  

 127,395  
 8,896  
 188,979   $ 

 35,535  
 8,770  

 112,754  
 10,765  
 167,824  

The future minimum operating lease and finance lease payments required under non-cancelable leases as of 
December 31, 2019 are as follows (in thousands): 

Year 1 
Year 2 
Year 3 
Year 4 
Year 5 
Thereafter 
Total minimum lease payments 
Less imputed interest 
Total lease liability 

Income 

  Leases 

     Operating      Sub-lease      Finance    
  Leases    
  $   54,903   $   (2,976)   $   7,594  
 5,587  
 2,139  
 1,109  
 331  
 —  
  $  203,737   $   (4,143)   $  16,760  
 (394)  
  $  16,366  

 47,892  
 43,590  
 28,124  
 14,494  
 14,734  

 (621)  
 (345)  
 (201)  
 —  
 —  

 (31,124) 
  $  172,613  

The future minimum rental and capital lease payments under non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2018 
are as follows (in thousands): 

Year 1 
Year 2 
Year 3 
Year 4 
Year 5 
Thereafter 
Total minimum lease payments 
Less imputed interest 
Total lease liability 

Income 

  Leases 

     Operating      Sub-lease       Capital    
  Leases    
  $   47,379   $   (2,624)   $   8,770  
 5,548  
 3,798  
 1,005  
 414  
 —  
  $  183,274   $   (5,531)   $  19,535  
 —  
  $  19,535  

    (2,631)  
 (276)  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 36,045  
 30,678  
 26,584  
 17,226  
 25,362  

In 2008, the Company sub-leased one of its customer engagement centers to a third party for the remaining 
term  of  the  original  lease.  The  sub-lease  began  on  January 1,  2009  and  rental  income  is  recognized  on  a 
straight-line basis over the term of the sub-lease through 2021. In 2017, the Company sub-leased one of its 
office spaces for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on November 6, 2017 and ends 
May 31, 2021. In 2019, the Company sub-leased one of its office spaces for the remaining term of the original 
lease. The sub-lease began on March 1, 2019 and ends July 31, 2023.  

F-44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Asset Retirement Obligations 

The  Company  records  asset  retirement  obligations  (“ARO”)  for  several  of  its  customer  engagement  center 
leases.  Capitalized  costs  related  to  ARO’s  are  included  in  Other  long-term  assets  in  the  accompanying 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  while  the  ARO  liability  is  included  in  Other  long-term  liabilities  in  the 
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Following is a summary of the amounts recorded (in thousands): 

ARO liability total 

  $ 

 2,482   $ 

 788   $ 

 26   $ 

 (292)   $ 

 3,004  

      Balance at       

  December 31,    Additions and   

2018 

  Modifications    Accretion    Settlements   

      Balance at       

  December 31,    Additions and   

2017 

  Modifications    Accretion    Settlements   

      Balance at    
  December 31,   
2019 

      Balance at    
  December 31,   
2018 

ARO liability total 

  $ 

 1,938   $ 

 1,153   $ 

 14   $ 

 (623)   $ 

 2,482  

Increases to  ARO result from a  new  lease agreement or modifications on an ARO from  a preexisting lease 
agreement.  Modifications  to  ARO  liabilities  and  accumulated  accretion  occur  when  lease  agreements  are 
amended  or  when  assumptions  change,  such  as  the  rate  of  inflation.  Modifications  are  accounted  for 
prospectively as changes in estimates. Settlements occur when leased premises are vacated and the actual 
cost of restoration  is paid.  Differences between the actual costs of restoration and the balance recorded as 
ARO  liabilities  are  recognized  as  gains  or  losses  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss). 

(16) OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES 

The components of Other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows (in 
thousands): 

Deferred revenue 
Deferred compensation plan 
Payable for remaining portion of acquisition 
Other 

Total 

  December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

$ 

$ 

 23,142    $ 
 20,370  
 —  
 36,129  
 79,641    $ 

 33,247  
 14,836  
 37,756  
 40,693  
 126,532  

F-45 

 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(17) 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 

The following table presents changes in the accumulated balance for each component of Other comprehensive 
income  (loss),  including  current  period  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  and  reclassifications  out  of 
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands): 

      Foreign 
  Currency 
  Translation 
  Adjustment 

Derivative 

  Valuation, Net 

of Tax 

  Other, Net 
of Tax 

Totals 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2016 

  $ 

 (92,008)   $ 

 (32,393)  $ 

 (2,563)   $  (126,964)  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive 

income (loss) 

Net current period other comprehensive (income) loss 

 7,908  

 —  
 7,908  

 31,053  

 575   

 39,536  

 (14,406) 
 16,647  

 (470)  
 105   

 (14,876)  
 24,660  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2017 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2017 

  $ 

 (84,100)   $ 

 (15,746)  $ 

 (2,458)   $  (102,304)  

  $ 

 (84,100)    $ 

 (15,746)   $ 

 (2,458)    $  (102,304)  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive 

income (loss) 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss) 

 (30,068)  

 —  
 (30,068)  

 20,278  
 (
12,810) 
 7,468  

 712   

 (9,078)  

 (404)  
 308   

 (13,214)  
 (22,292)  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2018 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2018 

  $ 

 (114,168)    $ 

 (8,278)   $ 

 (2,150)    $  (124,596)  

  $ 

 (114,168)    $ 

 (8,278)   $ 

 (2,150)    $  (124,596)  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive 

income (loss) 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss) 

 6,688  

 —  
 6,688  

 15,545  

 (588)  

 21,645  

 (3,085) 
 12,460  

 (198)  
 (786)  

 (3,283)  
 18,362  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 
December 31, 2019 

  $ 

 (107,480)    $ 

 4,182    $ 

 (2,936)    $  (106,234)  

F-46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  following  table  presents  the  classification  and  amount  of  the  reclassifications  from  Accumulated  other 
comprehensive income (loss) to the Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (in thousands): 

  For the Year Ended December 31,     Comprehensive Income   

      2019 

2018 

      2017 

(Loss) Classification 

Statement of 

Derivative valuation 

Loss on foreign currency forward exchange 
contracts 
Loss on interest rate swaps 
Tax effect 

Other 

Actuarial loss on defined benefit plan 
Tax effect 

(18) 

NET INCOME PER SHARE 

  $   (4,228)   $   (17,548)   $  (22,792)    Revenue 
 —  
 4,738  

 (115)   
Interest expense 
 8,501    Provision for income taxes 

 —  
 1,143  

  $   (3,085)   $   (12,810)   $  (14,406)    Net income (loss) 

  $ 

  $ 

 (221)   $ 
 23  
 (198)   $ 

 (446)   $ 
 42  
 (404)   $ 

 (522)    Cost of services 

 52    Provision for income taxes 

 (470)    Net income (loss) 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  computation  of  basic  and  diluted  shares  for  the  periods  indicated 
(in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31,  

           2019 

      2018 

      2017 

Shares used in basic earnings per share calculation 

 46,373   

 46,064   

 45,826  

Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options 
Restricted stock units 
Performance-based restricted stock units 

Total effects of dilutive securities 

Shares used in dilutive earnings per share calculation 

 —   
 349   
 36   
 385   
 46,758   

 6   
 314   
 1   
 321   
 46,385   

 10  
 536  
 10  
 556  
 46,382  

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, there were no options to purchase shares of common 
stock or performance-based restricted stock that were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted 
net income per share because the exercise price exceeded the value of the shares and the effect would have 
been  anti-dilutive.  For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  restricted  stock  units  of 
28 thousand,  212  thousand,  and  21 thousand,  respectively,  were  outstanding  but  not  included  in  the 
computation of diluted net income per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. 

(19) 

EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS 

Employee Benefit Plan 

The Company currently has a 401(k) profit-sharing plan that allows participation by U.S. employees who have 
completed six months of service, as defined, and are 21 years of age or older. Participants may defer up to 
75% of their gross pay, up to a maximum limit determined by U.S. federal law. Participants are also eligible for 
a matching contribution. The Company may from time to time, at its discretion, make a “matching contribution” 
based  on  the  amount  and  rate  of  the  elective  deferrals.  The  Company  determines  how  much,  if  any,  it  will 
contribute  for  each  dollar  of  elective  deferrals.  Participants  vest  in  matching  contributions  over  a  three-year 
period. Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plan(s) totaled $6.7 million, $5.2 million and $5.7 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

F-47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Equity Compensation Plans 

In May 2010, the Company adopted the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, renamed TTEC 
Holdings, Inc. 2010 Incentive Plan in 2018 (the “2010 Plan”). An aggregate of 4.0 million shares of common 
stock has been reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan, which permits the award of incentive stock options, 
non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted common stock and RSUs. The 2010 
Plan  also  provides  for  annual  equity-based  compensation  grants  to  members  of  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors. Options granted to employees generally vest over four to five years and have a contractual life of ten 
years.  Options  issued  to  Directors  vest  over  one  year  and  have  a  contractual  life  of  ten  years.  As  of 
December 31,  2019,  a  total  of  4.0 million  shares  were  authorized  and  1.1 million  shares  were  available  for 
issuance under the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan expires in 2020 and additional shares cannot be issued under 
the plan starting March 30, 2020. 

In February 2020, the Company adopted the TTEC Holdings, Inc., 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), 
which permits awards of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares 
of restricted common stock, performance stock units and restricted stock units. The 2020 Plan will also provide 
for  annual  equity-based  compensation  grants  to  members  of  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors.  Options 
granted to employees under the 2020 Plan generally vest over three to five years and have a contractual life of 
ten years. Options issued to Directors vest over one year and have a contractual life of ten years. As part of the 
2020  Annual  Stockholder  Meeting,  the  Company  plans  to  seek  shareholder  approval  for  the  2020  Plan, 
including 4.0 million shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under the Plan. 

For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017,  the  Company  recorded  total  equity-based 
compensation  expense  under  all  equity-based  arrangements  (stock  options  and  RSUs)  of  $12.8 million, 
$12.1 million and $11.9 million, respectively. For 2019, 2018 and 2017, of the total compensation expense, $4.7 
million, $4.7 million and $4.1 million was recognized in Cost of services and $8.1 million, $7.4 million and $7.8 
million,  was  recognized  in  Selling,  general  and  administrative  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss), respectively. For the years ended  December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, the 
Company  recognized  a  tax  benefit  under  all  equity-based  arrangements  (stock  options  and  RSUs)  of 
$4.2 million, $3.7 million and $6.8 million, respectively. 

Restricted Stock Units 

2017, 2018 and 2019 RSU Awards: The Company granted RSUs in 2017, 2018 and 2019 to new and existing 
employees  that  vest  over  four  or  five  years.  The  Company  also  granted  RSUs  in  2017,  2018  and  2019  to 
members of the Board of Directors that vest over one year.  

During  2015,  the  Company  granted  performance-based  RSUs  to  an  executive  the  amount  of  which  is 
determinable based on a reporting segment of the Company achieving incremental operating income for each 
year from 2015-2017. During 2015 and 2016, based on operating income performance for reporting segment 
of the Company, approximately $0.4 million and $0.1 million of RSUs were earned. These RSUs were granted 
in March 2016 and March 2017, respectively, and will vest 12 months from the grant date. During 2017, the 
Company cancelled the 2017 performance grant. 

Summary  of  RSUs:    Settlement  of  the  RSUs  shall  be  made  in  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  by 
delivery of one share of common stock for each RSU then being settled. The Company calculates the fair value 
for RSUs based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and records compensation 
expense over the vesting period using a straight-line method. The Company factors an estimated forfeiture rate 
in  calculating  compensation  expense  on  RSUs  and  adjusts  for  actual  forfeitures  upon  the  vesting  of  each 
tranche of RSUs. The Company also factors in the present value of the estimated dividend payments that will 
have accrued as these RSUs are vesting. 

The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs, including performance-based RSUs, granted during the 
years  ended  December 31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017  was  $40.10,  $35.15,  and  $29.56,  respectively.  The  total 
intrinsic value and fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was 
$12.5 million, $12.5 million, and $10.6 million, respectively. 

F-48 

Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Grants 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2019, the Company awarded performance restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) 
that are subject to service and performance vesting conditions. If defined minimum targets are met, the annual 
value of the PRSUs issued will be between $0.4 million and $1.4 million and vest immediately. If the defined 
minimum targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The award amounts are based on the Company’s 
annual  adjusted  operating  income  for  the  fiscal  years  2019,  2020  and  2021.  Each  fiscal  year’s  adjusted 
operating income will determine the award amount. The Company recognized compensation expense related 
to PRSUs of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs and activity for the 
year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows: 

Unvested as of December 31, 2018 

Granted 
Vested 
Cancellations/expirations 

Unvested as of December 31, 2019 

     Weighted   
  Average    
  Grant Date   
  Fair Value   

  Shares 

 1,141,438   $ 
 150,070   $ 
 (425,456)   $ 
 (97,580)   $ 
 768,472   $ 

 30.78  
 40.10  
 29.41  
 32.72  
 33.11  

All  RSUs  vested  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019  were  issued  out  of  treasury  stock.  As  of 
December 31, 2019, there was approximately $16.5 million of total unrecognized compensation expense and 
approximately  $30.4  million  in  total  intrinsic  value  related  to  non-vested  RSU  grants.  The  unrecognized 
compensation  expense will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average  vesting period of  1.3 years 
using the straight-line method. 

Stock Options 

There were no stock options granted during 2019, 2018 or 2017. The total intrinsic value of options exercised 
during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019,  2018  and  2017  was  zero,  $156 thousand  and  $194 thousand, 
respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017 was zero, respectively. 

Cash received from option exercises under the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
was zero, $0.2 million and $2.1 million, respectively. The recognized tax benefit from option exercises for the 
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was zero, $0.0 million and $0.0 million, respectively. 

(20) 

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM 

Stock Repurchase Program 

The  Company  has  a  stock  repurchase  program,  which  was  initially  authorized  by  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors in November 2001. As of December 31, 2019, the cumulative authorized repurchase allowance was 
$762.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company purchased no additional shares. Since 
inception  of  the  program,  the  Company  has  purchased  46.1 million  shares  for  $735.8 million.  As  of 
December 31,  2019,  the  remaining  allowance  under  the  program  was  approximately  $26.6  million.  For  the 
period from January 1, 2019 through February 28, 2020, the Company did not purchase additional shares. The 
stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date. 

F-49 

 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(21) 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

The Company entered into an agreement under which Avion, LLC (“Avion”) and Airmax LLC (“Airmax”) provide 
certain aviation flight services as requested by the Company. Such services include the use of an aircraft and 
flight crew. Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has a direct 100% 
beneficial  ownership  interest  in  Avion  and  Airmax.  During  2019,  2018  and  2017,  the  Company  expensed 
$1.1 million,  $1.1 million  and  $1.1 million,  respectively,  to  Avion  and  Airmax  for  services  provided  to  the 
Company. There was $200 thousand in payments due and outstanding to Avion and Airmax as of December 31, 
2019. 

During 2014, the Company entered into a vendor contract with Convercent Inc. to provide learning management 
and web and telephony based global helpline solutions. This contract was renewed, after an arms-length market 
pricing review, in the fourth quarter of 2019. A minority owner of Convercent is a company which is owned and 
controlled by Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. During 2019, 2018 
and 2017, the Company expensed $60 thousand, $60 thousand and $70 thousand, respectively, to Convercent. 

During 2015, the Company entered into a contract to purchase software from CaféX,  in which the Company 
holds a 17.8% equity investment. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company purchased $50 thousand, $61 
thousand and $72 thousand, respectively, of software from CaféX. See Note 2 for further information regarding 
this investment.  

Ms. Regina M. Paolillo, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of the Company, is a member of the board of 
directors of Welltok, Inc., a consumer health SaaS company, and partner of the Company in a joint venture. 
During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded revenue of $5.3 million, 
$5.7 million and $5.5 million, respectively, in connection with work performed through the joint venture. 

(22) 

OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Self-insurance liabilities of the Company which are included in Accrued employee compensation and benefits 
and  Other  accrued  expenses  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  were  as  follows 
(in thousands): 

December 31,  
      2018 

      2019 
  $   5,871   $   3,987  
    1,802  
  $   7,662   $   5,789  

    1,791  

Employee health and dental insurance 
Workers compensation 

Total self-insurance liabilities 

F-50 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(23) 

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) 

The  following  tables  present  certain  quarterly  financial  data  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019 
(in thousands except per share amounts). 

First 

      Second        Third 

      Fourth 

  Quarter 

  Quarter 

  Quarter 

  Quarter    

Revenue 
Cost of services 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Restructuring and integration charges, net 
Impairment losses 

Income from operations 

Other income (expense) 
Provision for income taxes 
Non-controlling interest 

Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders 

Weighted average shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $   394,356   $   392,515   $   395,507   $   461,326  
    345,694  
 53,894  
 18,634  
 175  
 166  
 42,763  
 (6,428)  
 (5,670)  
 (2,402)  
 28,263  

    293,334  
 49,720  
 16,743  
 961  
 1,506  
 32,092  
 (4,150)  
 (7,466)  
 (1,474)  
 19,002   $ 

    304,622  
 48,062  
 16,659  
 183  
 —  
 25,981  
 (806)  
 (5,196)  
 (1,878)  
 18,101   $ 

    299,237  
 50,864  
 17,050  
 428  
 2,063  
 22,873  
 (1,914)  
 (7,345)  
 (1,816)  
 11,798   $ 

  $ 

 46,203  
 46,590  

 46,318  
 46,684  

 46,481  
 46,768  

 46,487  
 46,831  

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $ 
  $ 

 0.41   $ 
 0.41   $ 

 0.25   $ 
 0.25   $ 

 0.39   $ 
 0.39   $ 

 0.61  
 0.60  

Included  in  Other  income  (expense)  in  the  second  quarter  is  a  $2.4  million  benefit  related  to  the  fair  value 
adjustment of contingent consideration for an acquisition. 

Included in Other income (expense) in the third quarter is a $1.4 million benefit on recovery of receivables in 
connection with the consulting business that is  being  wound  down  and a  $0.7  million benefit  on  the sale  of 
trademarks. 

Included in Other Income (expense) for each of the quarters is an interest expense charge related to the future 
purchase for the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition - $1.3 million, $0.5 million, $0.8 million and $2.1 million 
in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively. 

Included in the Provision for Income Taxes is: a $0.2 million expense in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million expense 
in the third quarter, a $0.1 million expense in the second quarter, and a $0.2 million expense in the first quarter 
related to changes in tax contingent liabilities; a $1.6 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million benefit 
in the third quarter, a $0.1 million benefit in the second quarter and a $0.1 million expense in the first quarter 
related to return to provision adjustments; a $2.8 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to tax rate changes; 
a $2.2 million expense in the fourth quarter, and a $2.3 million expense in the second quarter related to changes 
in valuation allowances; a $0.2 million benefit in the second quarter and a $0.7 million benefit in the first quarter 
related to restructuring charges; and a $0.1 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million expense in the 
third quarter, a $0.1 million expense in the second quarter, and a $0.1 million expense in the first quarter of 
other items. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019 would have been 
22.9%.  

F-51 

 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Table of Contents 

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  following  tables  present  certain  quarterly  financial  data  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2018 
(in thousands except per share amounts). 

First 

      Second        Third 

      Fourth 

  Quarter 

  Quarter 

  Quarter 

  Quarter    

Revenue 
Cost of services 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Restructuring and integration charges, net 
Impairment losses 

Income from operations 

Other income (expense) 
Provision for income taxes 
Non-controlling interest 

Net income (loss) attributable to TTEC stockholders 

Weighted average shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $   375,249   $   349,853   $   364,936   $   419,133  
    313,372  
 47,817  
 17,127  
 1,532  
 332  
 38,953  
 (6,336)  
 (11,835)  
 (449)  
 20,333  

    286,925  
 43,321  
 17,317  
 2,716  
 —  
 14,657  
 (6,020)  
 (1,893)  
 (1,369)  
 5,375   $ 

    283,370  
 47,045  
 17,924  
 849  
 1,120  
 24,941  
 (16,907)  
 (2,102)  
 (1,341)  
 4,591   $ 

    274,260  
 44,245  
 16,811  
 1,034  
 —  
 13,503  
 (6,553)  
 (653)  
 (779)  

 5,518   $ 

  $ 

 45,871  
 46,452  

 46,016  
 46,401  

 46,172  
 46,316  

 46,193  
 46,390  

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $ 
  $ 

 0.10   $ 
 0.10   $ 

 0.12   $ 
 0.12   $ 

 0.12   $ 
 0.12   $ 

 0.44  
 0.44  

Included in Other income (expense) in the first quarter is a $15.6 million expense related to the impairment of 
the full value of an equity investment and related bridge loan. Also included is a $0.7 million gain on the purchase 
of an acquisition. 

Included in Other income (expense) in the second quarter and fourth quarter was a $2.0 million loss and a $0.4 
million  gain,  respectively,  related  to  a  business  unit  which  was  classified  as  assets  held  for  sale  but 
subsequently reclassified to assets held and used. 

Included in Other Income (expense) for each of the quarters is an interest expense charge related to the future 
purchase for the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition - $1.9 million, $3.1 million, $3.0 million and $1.9 million 
in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively. 

Included in the Provision for Income Taxes is a $3.6 million expense in the fourth quarter, a $1.1 million benefit 
in the third quarter, a $1.0 million benefit in the second quarter related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, a 
$3.0 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million expense in the third quarter, a $0.5 million benefit in the 
second quarter related to return to provision adjustments, a  $4.2 million benefit in the first quarter related to 
impairment of an equity investment, a $0.2 million expense in the first quarter, $0.1 million of expense in the 
second quarter, $0.1 million of expense in the third quarter and $0.1 million of expense in the fourth quarter 
related to the disposition of assets, a $1.5 million expense in the fourth quarter related to changes in valuation 
allowances, a $0.1 million benefit in the first quarter, a $0.2 million benefit in the second quarter and a  $0.4 
million benefit in the third quarter related to excess taxes on equity compensation, a $0.5 million benefit in the 
fourth quarter, a $0.7 million benefit  in the third quarter, a  $0.2  million benefit  in the second quarter, a  $0.6 
million benefit in the first quarter related to restructuring charges, a  $0.9 million benefit in the fourth quarter, 
$0.1 million of expense in the third quarter and a $0.2 million expense in the first quarter of other items. Without 
these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 would have been 25.6%.  

F-52 

 
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Table of Contents 

Exhibit 4.01 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES 

The following is a description of TTEC Holdings, Inc. (the “Company,” “TTEC”) securities that are registered 
under  Section 12  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  and  does  not  purport  to  be 
complete. For a complete description of the terms and provisions of such securities, refer to our restated 
certificate of incorporation, as amended (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and our amended and restated 
bylaws (the “Bylaws”), each of which is included as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which 
this exhibit is a part. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents. 

General 

Under the Certificate of Incorporation, we are authorized to issue up to 150,000,000 shares of common 
stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As 
of  December  31,  2019  there  were  46,488,938  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  and  no  shares  of 
preferred stock outstanding. 

Common Stock 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the 
stockholders. Stockholders may not cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Subject to preferences 
that  may  be  applicable  to  any  outstanding  preferred  stock,  the  holders  of  common  stock  are  entitled  to 
receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out 
of funds legally  available, therefore. In 2015,  our  Board of Directors adopted  a  dividend policy, with the 
intent to distribute a periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our common stock, after consideration of, 
among other things, TTEC’s performance, cash flows from operations, capital needs and liquidity factors. 
The Company paid the initial dividend in 2015 and has continued to pay a semi-annual dividend in October 
and April of each year. 

In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of TTEC, the holders of common stock are entitled to 
share  ratably  in  all  assets  remaining  after  payment  of  liabilities,  subject  to  prior  distribution  rights  of 
preferred  stock,  if  any,  then  outstanding.  The  common  stock  has  no  preemptive  or  conversion  rights  or 
other subscription rights. There  are no redemption or sinking fund provisions  applicable to the common 
stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. 

Preferred Stock 

Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue our preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the 
rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion 
rights,  voting  rights,  terms  of  redemption,  redemption  prices,  liquidation  preferences  and  the  number  of 
shares  constituting  any  series  or  the  designation  of  such  series,  without  further  vote  or  action  by  the 
stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a 
change in control of TTEC without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting 
and  other  rights  of  the  holders  of  common  stock.  Holders  of  preferred  stock  may  be  entitled  to  receive 
dividends (other than dividends of common stock) before any dividends are payable to holders of common 
stock. 

Anti-Takeover  Effects  of  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  and  Our  Certificate  of  Incorporation 
and Bylaws 

Delaware Law.    TTEC is subject to the “business combination” provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware 
General Corporation Law. In general, such provisions prohibit a publicly held Delaware corporation from 
engaging  in  various  “business  combination”  transactions  with  any  interested  stockholder  for  a  period  of 
three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless: 

(cid:120) 

the business combination transaction or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming 
an  interested  stockholder  is  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  prior  to  the  date  the  interested 
stockholder obtained such status; 

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

(cid:120)  upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested 
stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding 
at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for the purpose of determining the number of 
shares  outstanding  those  shares  owned  by  the  corporation’s  officers  and  directors  and  by 
employee  stock  plans  in  which  employee  participants  do  not  have  the  right  to  determine 
confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; 
or 

(cid:120)  on or subsequent to such date the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and 
authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% 
of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. 

A  “business  combination”  is  defined  to  include  mergers,  asset  sales  and  other  transactions  resulting  in 
financial  benefit  to  a  stockholder.  In  general,  an  “interested  stockholder”  is  a  person  who,  together  with 
affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. 
The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts with respect to 
TTEC and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire TTEC even though such a transaction may 
offer TTEC’s stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price. 

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.    Various provisions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation 
and  the  Bylaws  could  delay  or  discourage  stockholder  actions  with  respect  to  transactions  involving  an 
actual or potential change of control of us or a change in our management and may limit the ability of our 
stockholders to remove current management or approve transactions that our stockholders may deem to 
be in their best interests. Among other things, these provisions: 

(cid:120)  provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the  Board  of Directors, the 
Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  or  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  TTEC  and  not  by  the 
stockholders; 

(cid:120)  provide that any stockholder wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other 
business  before,  an  annual  meeting  must  deliver  to  our  secretary  advance  written  notice  of  the 
stockholder’s intention to do so; 

(cid:120)  establish that state courts located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within 
the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) are the 
sole and exclusive forum for certain disputes; 

(cid:120)  provide  that  the  Board  of  Directors  may,  by  resolution  adopted  by  a  majority  of  the  directors, 
increase or decrease the number of directors on the Board so long as the number of directors is 
not less than two nor more than eleven; 

(cid:120)  do not permit cumulative voting for directors; and 

(cid:120)  provide  that  vacancies  in  our  Board  of  Directors  may  be  filled  only  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a 

majority of the remaining directors. 

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

List of Subsidiaries 

Exhibit 21.1 

Subsidiary 
TTEC Services Corporation 
TTEC Government Solutions, LLC 
TTEC Digital, LLC 
TTEC Healthcare Solutions, Inc. 
TTEC@Home, LLC 
TTEC Financial Services Management, LLC  
Percepta, LLC 
First Call Resolution, LLC 
Serendebyte Inc. 
TTEC Canada Solutions, Inc. 
TTEC Europe B.V. 
TTEC CX Solutions Mexico, S.A. de C.V.  
TTEC India Customer Solutions Private Limited 
TTEC Brasil Servicos Ltda.  
TTEC Eastern Europe EAD  
TTEC International Pty Ltd  
TeleTech Customer Care Management Philippines, Inc. 
TTEC Consulting (UK) Limited 
TTEC Customer Care Management (Ireland) Limited 
TeleTech Offshore Investments B.V. – Philippine Branch 

     Jurisdiction 
  Colorado, USA 
  Colorado, USA 
  Colorado, USA 
  Delaware, USA 
  Colorado, USA 
  Delaware, USA 
  Delaware, USA 
  Colorado, USA 
  Delaware, USA 
  Canada 
  Netherlands 
  Mexico 
India 
  Brazil 
  Bulgaria 
  NSW, Australia 
  Philippines 
  United Kingdom 

Ireland 
  Philippines 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Exhibit 23.1 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-232756) and 
Form S-8 (No. 333-167300) of TTEC Holdings, Inc. of our report dated March 4, 2020 relating to the financial statements 
and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Denver, Colorado 
March 4, 2020 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

Exhibit 24.1 

Each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  does  hereby  make,  constitute  and  appoint  each  of  Kenneth  D.  Tuchman, 
Regina M. Paolillo and Margaret B. McLean, acting individually, as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, 
with  full  power  of  substitution,  re-substitution  and  revocation  to  execute,  deliver  and  file  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission, and the securities regulatory agency in each other country where a registration or filing may be 
necessary  or  advised  in  connection  with  any  offering  of  the  Company’s  securities,  including  but  not  limited  to:  Brazil, 
Bulgaria, Canada, India, Ireland, Mexico, the Philippines, Singapore, the United Arab Emirates, and the United Kingdom, 
for and on such person’s behalf, and in any and all capacities, 

1.  The  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  of  TTEC  Holdings, Inc.  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019,  any  and  all 
amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection 
therewith, or foreign jurisdiction equivalent reports and statements; 

2.  A Prospectus for use in the member nations of the European Union pursuant to the EU Prospectus Directions and any 

and all amendments thereto with all exhibits and other documents in connection therewith; and 

3.  Such annual or other periodic reports on business, prospects, financial and results of operations as may be required 
in any such other country granting unto each of said attorneys-in fact and agents full power and authority to do and 
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done as fully to all intents and purposes as such 
person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or such 
person’s substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

/s/ Kenneth D. Tuchman 

 Feb. 27, 2020 

/s/ Steven J. Anenen 

 Feb. 27, 2020 

Kenneth D. Tuchman 

Steven J. Anenen 

/s/ Tracy L. Bahl 

Tracy L. Bahl 

 Feb. 27, 2020 

/s/ Gregory A. Conley 

 Feb. 27, 2020 

Gregory A. Conley 

/s/ Robert N. Frerichs 

 Feb. 27, 2020 

/s/ Marc L. Holtzman 

 Feb. 27, 2020 

Robert N. Frerichs 

Marc L. Holtzman 

/s/ Ekta Singh-Bushell 

 Feb. 27, 2020 

Ekta Singh-Bushell 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Exhibit 31. 1 

I, Kenneth D. Tuchman, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TTEC Holdings, Inc.; 

CERTIFICATION 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, 
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report; 

4. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

b.  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/  Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date: March 4, 2020 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Exhibit 31.2 

I, Regina M. Paolillo, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TTEC Holdings, Inc.; 

CERTIFICATION 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, 
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report; 

4. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to 
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

b.  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/  Regina M. Paolillo 
Regina M. Paolillo 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

Date: March 4, 2020 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer 
Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) 

Exhibit 32.1 

The undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer of TTEC Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that, to his knowledge 
on the date hereof: 

a. 

b. 

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2019 filed on the date hereof 
with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “Report”)  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of 
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/  Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Kenneth D. Tuchman 
Chief Executive Officer 

Date: March 4, 2020 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Written Statement of Chief Financial Officer 
Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) 

Exhibit 32.2 

The undersigned, the Chief Financial Officer of TTEC Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that, to his knowledge 
on the date hereof: 

a. 

b. 

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2019 filed on the date hereof 
with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “Report”)  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of 
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/  Regina M. Paolillo 
Regina M. Paolillo 
Chief Financial Officer 

Date: March 4, 2020 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Information

Directors

Kenneth D. Tuchman
Founder, Chairman of the Board

Steven J. Anenen
Director, DealerSocket; former Chief Executive Officer, CDK Global, Inc.; former President of 
ADP Dealer Services; former Senior Vice President of North America Systems.

Tracy L. Bahl
Former President and CEO, OneOncology; former Executive Vice President, Health Plans, 
CVS Health; former Director, MedExpress; former Executive Chairman, Emdeon; former Chief 
Executive Officer, Uniprise

Gregory A. Conley
Director, Travelport; former Chief Executive Officer, Aha! Software; former Chief Executive 
Officer, Odyssey Group, SA

Robert N. Frerichs
Director, Wedgewood Enterprises Corporation; former International Chairman, Accenture, 
Inc.; former Director, Merkle, Inc.; former Chairman, Aricent Group; former Chairman, Avanade

Marc L. Holtzman
Chairman, CBZ Holdings Limited; Chairman, Bank of Kigali; Director, FAT Brands Inc.; former 
Chief Executive Officer of Kazkommertsbank; former Director, FTI Consulting; former 
Chairman, Meridian Capital HK; former Vice Chairman, Barclays Capital

Ekta Singh-Bushell
Director, DBI, Inc.; Director, Huron Consulting Group; Director, Net 1 UEPS Technologies, Inc; 
Director, Datatec Limited; former Deputy to the First Vice President, Chief Operating Officer 
Executive Office at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; former Partner, DecisionGPS LLC; 
former Global Client Services Partner, Ernst & Young

Executive Officers

Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chief Executive Officer

Jonathan Lerner
President, TTEC Digital

Regina M. Paolillo
Executive Vice President; Chief 
Administrative and Financial Officer

Martin F. DeGhetto
Executive Vice President; TTEC Engage

Steven C. Pollema
Chief Operating Officer, TTEC Digital

Margaret B. McLean
Senior Vice President, General Counsel  
and Chief Risk Officer

Judi A. Hand
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Revenue Officer 

Chandra Venkataramani
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer

Michael Wellman
Senior Vice President, Chief People Officer

Nick Cerise
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Marketing Officer

TTEC Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: TTEC) is a leading global customer experience technology and services 
company focused on the design, implementation and delivery of transformative customer experience for 
many of the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. 

The Company delivers outcome-based customer engagement solutions through TTEC Digital, its digital 
consultancy that designs and builds human centric, tech-enabled, insight-driven customer experience 
solutions for clients and TTEC Engage, its delivery center of excellence, that operates customer acquisition, 
care, fraud prevention and detection, and content moderation services. 

Founded in 1982, the Company’s 49,500 employees operate on six continents across the globe and live by 
a set of customer-focused values that guide relationships with clients, their customers, and each other. To 
learn more about how TTEC is bringing humanity to the customer experience, visit www.ttec.com.

Audit Committee
Gregory A. Conley, Chairman
Robert N. Frerichs
Ekta Singh-Bushell

Compensation Committee
Tracy L. Bahl, Chairman
Gregory A. Conley
Robert N. Frerichs

Nominating and Governance 
Committee
Robert N. Frerichs, Chairman
Steven J. Anenen
Tracy L. Bahl
Ekta Singh-Bushell

Executive Committee
Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman
Tracy L. Bahl
Steven J. Anenen

Stock Listing
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Symbol: TTEC 

Website
ttec.com

2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
The Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be 
held Wednesday, May 13, 2020, beginning at 
10:00 a.m. MDT at:
TTEC Holdings, Inc.
Global Headquarters
9197 South Peoria Street
Englewood, CO 80112-5833

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Telephone: 855.206.5002
Facsimile: 215.553.5402
Email: shareholder@broadridge.com

Investor Information
Investor information, including TTEC’s 
Annual Report, press releases and filings 
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Commission, may be obtained from 
TTEC’s website, teletech.com or by 
contacting TTEC Investor Relations at:
1.800.835.3832
investor.relations@ttec.com

Independent Accountants
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Denver, Colorado

 
 
 
9197 South Peoria Street
Englewood, CO 80112-5833
+1 303 397-8100 or 1-800 835-3832
ttec.com